You are on page 1of 219

Power Source

5A ECU–ACC
ACC Relay
5 3 10A RAD NO. 2

15A CIG
1 2
15A POWER POINT

7
L–R
2A
5A AM1 2
W
2A
10A ECU–IG

10A FAN RLY

10A GAUGE1

10A GAUGE2

10A HTR

15A SUN–SHADE
B–Y

2 15A WASHER
B–G 5 3
2E
20A SEAT HTR
1 2
25A WIPER

cardiagn.com
G1 IG1 Relay 8
Generator
2A

40A DEF
DEF Relay
1 10A MIR HTR
B B–G 1 2 3 1
2E
1

5 2
B–G

B–G
B

TAIL Relay
1 2 10A TAIL

1 1
5 3 10A PANEL

2
5A FUEL OPEN
20A PWR NO. 4
120A ALT

7. 5A OBD
25A DOOR NO. 2 B–G
15A FOG

1 15A STOP 30A PWR NO. 1

1 2
25A AMP

20A PWR NO. 2


1 1 1 30A PWR SEAT
20A PWR NO. 3 1 2
B–G

B–G

B–G

FL MAIN
3. 0W

B–G

Battery

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


56
* 1: w/ VSC
* 2: w/o VSC
* 3: w/ Daytime Running Light
* 4: w/o Daytime Running Light

I14
Ignition SW

L–R ACC 3 L–R

W W 2 AM1 IG1 4 B–Y

ST1 1 G–Y

10A IG2

3 8 8 15A IGN
W–R W–R 7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R B–R
IF3 IF6 1C
ST2 8 B–W

7
B–W B–W
IF6
B–Y

20A RAD NO. 1 10A ECU–B 7


2F

7. 5A DOME

cardiagn.com
2 30A AM2 30A D. C. C 1
1E 1D
R
(*4)
5A ALT–S
5A DRL
5A TEL 20A EFI 1 2

10A ETCS 25A A/F (* 4)

25A DOOR1
15A HEAD RH LWR
10A HORN 1 2

15A HAZ HEAD Relay


3
2 1 R
1F
40A MAIN (* 3) 15A HEAD LH LWR
2 4
B–G 1 2 3 5 R 1 2
1A 1F 1
(* 4)

3
R R
1G
(* 3) (*3)
4
R–L R–L
1G
(* 3) (*3)
40A ABS NO. 2
5
1 2 W–L W–L
30A CDS 1G
(* 1) (*1)
1 2

40A ABS NO. 3


7
1 2 W W
30A RDI 1E
(* 1) (*1)
1 2

50A HTR
1 1
B–G 1 2 L–B L–B
1A 1F

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


57
Power Source

* 1 : w/ VSC
* 3 : w/ Daytime Running Light
* 4 : w/o Daytime Running Light

ST Relay
3 5A ST
B–W B–W 5 3 B–R
1 1 1C

B–Y 1 2 W–B
1 1

cardiagn.com
R R
(* 4) (*4)
10A HEAD RH UPR

10A HEAD LH UPR


DRL NO. 2 Relay
2
R 3 5 B–Y
1 1 1F
(* 3) (*3)

R–L 2 1 R
1 1
(* 3) (*3)

7. 5A ABS NO. 4
ABS MTR Relay
W–L 5 3 W–R 1 24 W–G 1 2
2 2 +BM AST 2
(* 1)
R
(* 3) 1 2 GR–L
2 2
R–L 23
BS
GR–R

(* 3)
A5
ABS SOL Relay ABS & BA & TRAC
W–L W 5 3 W–L & VSC Actuator
2 2
(* 1) (* 1)

GR–R 1 2 GR
2 2
W
(* 1)
W–B
1
4
L–B L–B 5 3 L–R
1 1

L–B 1 2 L–W
1 1

HTR Relay

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


58
Service Hints
I14 Ignition SW
2–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position
2–4 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
2–1 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
TAIL Relay
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD or TAIL position
HEAD Relay (w/ Daytime Running Light)
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with the engine running and parking brake released (Parking brake SW off)
HEAD Relay (w/o Daytime Running Light)
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A5 36 G1 36 I14 39

: Relay Blocks

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2 23 ABS R/B (Behind the Headlight LH)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A
1C
1D
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1E
1F
1G
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2E
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2F

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF3
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF6

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


59
Starting and Ignition

8
ACC B–R
IF6
2 AM1 IG1
8 1C
ST1 1 G–Y

7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R


15A

G–Y
IGN
ST2 8 B–W
W–R

I14
3 IF3 Ignition SW 7 IF6 5 IF6
8 1L

G–Y
W–R
W

B–R
7 1J
8 7
B–Y
1H 1K
2 2A 2 1E
B–R
B–W

E2
8 1K 9 1L

G–Y
5A 30A

cardiagn.com
B–Y

B–Y
AM1 AM2
G–Y

B–R
I6

1 1

G–Y
2 2E 2 1A
5 1 9 1

Park/Neutral
Position SW

Noise Filter
P

(Ignition)
ST
B–G

B–G

Relay N

N1
A4
3 2 6

1 1 1 1
B–Y

2
W–B
B–R

120A
ALT
B–Y
3 1C
G–Y
1

1 7 1L
B–G

B–R

FL MAIN
3. 0W 1 A

B–R 1
B M

S 2(A), S 3(B)
Starter

Battery
W–B

EC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


60
B–Y
B–R

G–Y
G–Y

8 D
NSW
B–Y

9 D
STA
2
1
W–R B–R

+B

IGF
3
4
R–W R–W W–B

8 E
IGT

IGT1
GND
I1
Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 1

2
1
W–R W–R B–R

23 E
+B

E2
E2

IGF
IGF
3
4
P P W–B

9 E
E2

IGT

IGT2
GND
I2

W–R
Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 2

2
1
W–R B–R

+B

E2
IGF

E 9(D), E10(E)
3
4
LG–B LG–B W–B

10 E
IGT

IGT3
GND

Engine Control Module


I3
B–R

W–B

W–R
Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 3

2
1
W–R B–R

+B

E2
IGF
3
4
L–Y L–Y W–B

11 E
IGT

IGT4
GND

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


I4

W–R
Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 4

2
1
W–R B–R

+B

E2
E2

IGF
3
4
G–R G–R W–B

12 E
E2

IGT

IGT5
GND
I5
Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 5
B–R

W–B

2
1

W–R B–R
+B

IGF
3
4

L L W–B

13 E
IGT

IGT6
GND

I6
Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 6

W–B

EF

61
cardiagn.com
Starting and Ignition
Service Hints
I14 Ignition SW
2–1 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position
A4 Park/Neutral Position SW
9–6 : Closed with the A/T shift lever in P or N position
S2 (A), S3 (B) Starter
Point closed with the Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 I3 37 N1 37
E9 D 38 I4 37 S2 A 37
E10 E 38 I5 37 S3 B 37
I1 37 I6 37
I2 37 I14 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

cardiagn.com
1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A
1C
1E 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1H
1J
1K
25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1L
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2E 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF3
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF6

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EC 44 Left Fender
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E2 44 Engine Wire I6 48 Engine Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


62
Charging

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

B–R

8 10A
7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R 8 1C
IF6 GAUGE1
ST2

10A 1 2M
I14 IG2
Ignition SW
W–R

W
7 1C

B–O
3 IF3 8 2G

5 2O
W–R

W
39 * 1 : w/ VSC
2 1E 4 1L * 2 : w/o VSC

cardiagn.com
Charge

30A 5A B5
AM2 ALT–S Combination Meter
Body ECU

ALTL
C7

2 1A 23 18
W

W
Y
B–G

B 105 3B 95 3B (* 1) 57 3A
85 3B 75 3B (* 2)

1 1

115 3B (* 1)
2 95 3B (* 2) 107 3A
W

120A
ALT

13 IL1 14 IL1
1
Y–G

R–L
W
B

1 A 3 B 1 B 2 B
1 B S L IG
B–G

FL MAIN
3. 0W

IC Regulator

Battery

G 1(A), G 2(B)
Generator

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


64
Service Hints
G2 (B) Generator
(B) 3–Ground : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm and 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115°C (239°F)
(B) 1–Ground : 0–4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the engine not running

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B5 38 G1 A 36 I14 39
C7 38 G2 B 36

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A
1C 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1E

cardiagn.com
1L 25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2O
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF3
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF6
IL1 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


65
Engine Control

G–Y

ACC

2 AM1 IG1

ST1 1 G–Y

7 AM2 IG2 6 B–R

ST2
W

8 IF6
I14

B–R
Ignition SW
W–R

B–Y

B–W

3 IF3 B–R
2 2A
W–R

B–W

B–R

B–R
B–Y
L
5A AM1

cardiagn.com
2 1E 4 1B 9 1B 3 1B 4 1C 8 1C

B–W

B–W

L
2 2E
10A
IG2
B–G

1 1 1

2 1 5 5 1 1 5
30A AM2

25A A/F

20A EFI

A/F HTR
120A ALT

EFI Relay

C/OPN
Relay

Relay
2 3 3 2 2 3
1

1 1
1 1 2 1A 5 1C 6 1K 4 1D 6 1C 7 1C
W–B
G–R

B–O
L–B

B–G
B–G

11 ID1
W–B

B–W

L–B

FL MAIN
3. 0W
4
Fuel Pump

M
B
F15

5
B–O

Battery G–R
W–B

B–W

A
J12
Junction
Connector

ED BC EC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


66
G–Y G–Y

BR BR BR
I6 I6

B–W
M1

BR
Mass Air Flow
1 Meter 5
B–Y +B E2
1

Engine Coolant
Temp. Sensor
B–W

B–R B–R VG E2G THA

B–Y
I2

E3
3 2 4
2
5 2G 17 2G

7 IF5

cardiagn.com
L–W

G–B
L–B

BR
R

17 2K
B–W
B–R

B–R

B–Y

1 A 2 A 8 A 2 B 24 D 32 D 20 E 28 E 19 E
+B +B1 MREL BATT VG E2G THA E2 THW

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module
B–W

B–R

TBP IGSW FC CCV ACM1 AICV ACIS EVP1 ACI1


4 A 9 A 10 A 12 C 24 E 25 E 15 E 11 C 14 E
(Pressure Switching Valve)

2
G–R
B–O

Y–G
R–Y
B–L

LG
W
V

1 1 ID1
VSV
V17

(Canister Closed Valve)

20 2G
VSV (ACIS No. 1)

VSV (ACIS No. 2)

V 1 2 2 2 2 2
VSV (EVAP)
VSV (AICV)
VSV (ACM)

8 2G 5 2O
VSV
V5

V3

V4

V1

V6

V2

2 1 1 1 1 1
6 1J 1 1L 6 1L

B
B–O

W
B

B–O
B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

B–W

G–R

B–W

B–W B–W B–W B–W B–W B–W B–W B–W


E2 E2 E2 E2 E2 E2
B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


67
Engine Control
5
G–Y G–Y
IF6

BR
7 1J

10 IL2 9 IA3
9 1L 8 1K 7 1K

BR–Y

BR
V14
Vapor Pressure

B–Y
1 Sensor
BR BR BR E2
I6
6
T3

G–Y

Park/Neutral
Throttle Position

Position SW
Sensor 4 VCC PTNK P

E2 3 2 N

A4
T2 V7

P
Throttle Control VVT Sensor LH
9
Motor
4 IA3 2 ID1

G–Y
Y
VVL+ VVL– VC VTA VTA2 VC
I6
2 1 2 1 3 2 3 1
B–R
LG
Y

Y 6 IL2

Y Y
L–Y

L–B
(* 1)

cardiagn.com
W
B

I7 I7

G–Y

B–Y
P
B–R
LG
Y

3 C 2 C 17 C 26 C 31 C 18 E 21 E 31 E 21 A 8 D 9 D
M+ M– GE01 VV2+ VV2– VC VTA1 VTA2 PTNK NSW STA

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

OX1B HT1B OX2B HT2B HAFL AFL+ AFL– HAFR AFR+ AFR– E1
21 D 6 C 29 D 5 D 3 D 23 D 31 D 4 D 22 D 30 D 1 C
B–W
B–R

B–R
(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

BR

BR
W

W
O
B

Y
L

I8 I8 I8 I8
Heated Oxygen Sensor

Heated Oxygen Sensor

Air Fuel Ratio Sensor

Air Fuel Ratio Sensor


(Bank 1 Sensor 2)

(Bank 2 Sensor 2)

(Bank 2 Sensor 1)

(Bank 1 Sensor 1)

3 1 3 1 3 4 3 4
OX HT OX HT AF+ AF– AF+ AF–
BR

BR

BR

BR

+B E1 +B E1 HT +B HT +B
H10

A11

A10
H9

2 4 2 4 1 2 1 2

B–R B–W BR
B–W

B–W
BR

BR

BR

I6 BR

BR

BR

B–W BR BR BR
E2 I6
B

B BR

W W

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


68
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : Shielded
15A 10A 10A 15A
IGN TAIL MIR HTR STOP

10 1L 1 2G 16 2G 13 2G

W
B–R

2
SB
B–R B–R B–R B–R
E3 E3 E3 E3 E3

51 3A

Stop Light SW
B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

S13
91 3A
2 2 2 2 2 2
1

G–W

G–W
B–Y
G
Injector

Injector

Injector

Injector

Injector

Injector
No. 1

No. 2

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

7 2G
I10

I11

I12
I7

I8

I9

1 1 1 1 1 1 7 IK1

cardiagn.com
4 2M

G–W
R–L
W

G
R

Y
L

SB

1 E 2 E 3 E 4 E 5 E 5 D 13 A 14 A 19 B
# 10 # 20 #30 # 40 # 50 #60 ELS ELS2 STP

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

VV1+ NE– NE+ KNKL KNKR E03


27 C 34 E 27 E 2 D 1 D 7 C

W–B
G

I7
(*1)

(*1)
W

4 EB1 2 EB1 3 EB1 1 EB1


(* 1)

(* 1)
BR

R
Y

J11 I8 I8
(* 1)

(* 1)

1 2
W

W
VVT Sensor RH

Position Sensor

Junction
Connector
Crankshaft

BR A
BR

BR

BR A 1 1
C2
V8

Knock Sensor

Knock Sensor

2 1
BR A
No. 2

No. 1

BR A A BR
K3

K2

BR A A BR
W–B

BR A A BR BR

BR BR

W EF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


69
Engine Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A
ETCS

2 1B
L–R

I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6
Ignition Coil Ignition Coil Ignition Coil Ignition Coil Ignition Coil Ignition Coil
4 1H and Igniter No. 1 and Igniter No. 2 and Igniter No. 3 and Igniter No. 4 and Igniter No. 5 and Igniter No. 6

IGT IGF IGT IGF IGT IGF IGT IGF IGT IGF IGT IGF
9 1K 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R

W–R
L–R

W–R W–R W–R W–R


E2 E2 E2 E2 E2
1 IL2
LG–B
R–W

W–R
G–R
L–R

L–Y

cardiagn.com
P

L
6 B 8 E 9 E 10 E 11 E 12 E 13 E 23 E
+BM IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IGF

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

E01 E02 ME01 E04 E05 VCPA VPA EPA VCP2 VPA2 EPA2 OC1+ OC1–
7 E 6 E 4 C 7 D 6 D 26 A 22 A 28 A 27 A 23 A 29 A 16 C 15 C
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

LG–B

W–R

G–R
G–B
B–R
L–Y

LG
R

I6
VVT Solenoid RH

6 5 3 4 2 1 1
VCP1 VPA1 EP1 VCP2 VPA2 EP2
V10

A25
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

BR BR

W W

EE

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


70
* 2 : w/ VSC
* 3 : w/o VSC

Y–G
I13
Transponder Key B–O
Computer
V–W

G–R

CODE RXCK TXCT W


4 3 5
P–B
Warning SW

Diode (A/C)
A/C Control

R
FAN NO. 1
Assembly

Unlock

Relay
G–W

R–L

L–Y

16 IF4 6 IK1 6 IF7 18 IF4 17 IF4 2 IF7

cardiagn.com
G–W

V–W

G–R
L–W

Y–G

B–O

P–B
W

R
V

15 B 27 B 26 B 16 B 34 B 8 C 3 B 14 B 5 A 17 B 12 A 18 A 11 A 19 A
CODE RXCK TXCK IMLD KSW CF ACMG THWO TACH SPD W SIL TC WFSE

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

OC2+ OC2– PS NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– A/CS THR A/CI EOM HP
14 C 13 C 10 C 17 A 24 A 30 A 25 A 31 A 31 B 32 B 33 B 15 A 1 B
BR–W

Y–B
P–L

BR

BR
W

G
B

B
L
R–W
L–W

22 IF4 7 IF4 8 IF4 9 IF4 10 IF4 4 IF4


L–R

3 IK1 1 IK1 8 IK1


BR–W

Y–B
P–L

BR
W

G
B

B
L
Power Steering Oil
VVT Solenoid LH

1 1
Pressure SW

26 B 9 C 18 C 11 C 20 C 2 6 7 98 3B 129 3B (*2)
NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– A/CS AC1 A/CI 78 3B 109 3B (*3)
V9

P3

S 6(B), S 7(C) A14 118 3B 78 3B (*2)


Skid Control ECU A/C Control Assembly 98 3B 58 3B (*3)

16
BR W BR
IL1
W W

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


71
Engine Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 2 : w/ VSC
* 3 : w/o VSC

7. 5A 10A
OBD GAUGE1

4 2A 1 2M
Y–G

B–O

V–W

W
G–R

V–W

B–O

Y–G
W
92 3A 99 3B 126 3B (*2) 57 3A
P–B 79 3B 106 3B (*3)

89 3B 106 3B (*2)
82 3A 69 3B 86 3B (*3) 87 3A

W
91 3B 52 3B (* 2)
32 3B (* 3)

cardiagn.com
71 3B

33 A 31 A 11 A 40 A 39 A

71 3B 72 3B (* 2)
51 3B 52 3B (* 3)

Power

Indicator Lamp
Malfunction
P–B

Micro Computer

15 13 7 16
Speedometer

Tachometer

WFSE TC SIL BAT

SG CG
5 D2 4 21 A C 7(A), C 8(B) 2 B
Data Link Combination Meter
Connector 3
W–B

G–R
BR

80 3B (* 2) 84 3B (*2)
60 3B (* 3) 64 3B (*3)

70 3B (* 2) 74 3B (*2)
50 3B (* 3) 54 3B (*3)
SB

8 2L
BR

BR 8 2R

W
W–B

IA ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


72
System Outline
This system utilizes an engine control module and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outline
of the engine control is explained here.
1. Input Signals
(1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit
The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which
varies according to the water temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the engine control module as a control signal.
(2) Intake air temp. signal circuit
The intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as a
control signal into TERMINAL THA of the engine control module.
(3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit
The oxygen density in the exhaust gases is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINALS OX1B and OX2B of
the engine control module. To maintain stable detection performance by the heated oxygen sensor, a heater is used for
warming the sensor. The heater is also controlled by the engine control module (HT1B and HT2B).
(4) RPM signal circuit
Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the VVT sensor RH and crankshaft position sensor. The
camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL VV1+ of the engine control module, and the engine RPM is
input into TERMINAL NE+.
(5) Throttle signal circuit
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINAL
VTA1 of the engine control module.
(6) Vehicle speed signal circuit

cardiagn.com
The vehicle speed sensor, detects the vehicle speed and input to ABS speed sensor of the skid control ECU (w/ VSC)
or skid control ECU with actuator (w/o VSC), from skid control ECU to TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module, Via
combinatio meter.
(7) Park/Neutral position SW signal circuit
The Park/Neutral position SW detects whether the shift position is in neutral, parking or not, and inputs a control signal
into TERMINAL NSW of the engine control module.
(8) A/C SW signal circuit
The A/C control assembly inputs the A/C operations into TERMINAL A/CS of the engine control module as a control
signal.
(9) Battery signal circuit
Voltage is always supplies to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module.
If you turn on the ignition SW, the current goes from TERMINAL MREL of the engine control module to the EFI relay and
put on the relay, and the voltage related to the engine control module operation is supplied to TERMINAL +B of the
engine control module through the EFI relay.
(10) Intake air volume signal circuit
Intake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter and a signal is input into TERMINAL VG of the engine control
module as a control signal.
(11) Starter signal circuit
To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and the
signal is input into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module as a control signal.
(12) Engine knock signal circuit
Engine knocking is detected by the knock sensor No.1 and No.2, then the signals are input into TERMINALS KNKR and
KNKL of the engine control module as a control signal.
(13) Air fuel ratio signal circuit
The air fuel ratio is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINALS AFL+, AFR+ of the engine control module.

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


73
Engine Control

2. Control System
∗ SFI system
The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input from each sensor to engine control
module. The best fuel injection volume is decided based on this data and the program memorized by the engine control
module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 and #60 of the engine control module
to operate the injector (Inject the fuel). The SFI system produces control of fuel injection operation by the engine control
module in response to the driving conditions.
∗ ESA system
The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input to the engine control module from
each sensor. The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the memorized data in the engine control
module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5 and IGT6. This signal controls
the igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions.
∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control system
The heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. of
exhaust emissions is low), and warms up the heated oxygen sensor to improve detection performance of the sensor.
The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor, current is output to TERMINALS HT1B and HT2B,
controlling the heater.
∗ Air fuel ratio sensor heater control system
The air fuel ratio sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. of exhaust
emission is low), and warms up the air fuel ratio sensor to improve detection performance of the sensor.
The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor, current is output to TERMINALS HAFR and HAFL,
controlling the heater.
∗ ACIS

cardiagn.com
ACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed in
accordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages for increased engine output in
all ranges from low to high speeds.
The engine control module judges the engine speed by the signals from each sensor and outputs current to the
TERMINAL ACIS to control the VSV (ACIS No.1).
3. Diagnosis System
With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioning
system is recorded in the memory.
4. Fail–Safe System
When a malfunction occurs in any systems, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control
based on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values)
recorded in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


74
Service Hints
E3 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
1–2 : Approx. 15.04 kΩ (–20C, –4F)
Approx. 5.74 kΩ (0C, 32F)
Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20C, 68F)
Approx. 1.15 kΩ (40C, 104F)
Approx. 0.584 kΩ (60C, 140F)
Approx. 0.318 kΩ (80C, 176F)
E6 (A), E7 (B), E8 (C), E9 (D), E10 (E) Engine Control Module
Voltage at engine control module wiring connector
BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts
+B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VC–E2 : Always 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed)
: 3.2–4.9 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open)
VG–E2G : 1.1–1.5 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW OFF position)
THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Engine idling and intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F)
THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts (Engine idling and engine coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)
IGF–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
Pulse generation (Engine idling)
VV1+–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
NE+–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
NSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and other shift position in P or N position)
Below 3.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift position in P or N position)

cardiagn.com
SPD–E1 : Pulse generation (Ignition SW on and rotate driving wheel slowly)
W–E1 : Below 3.0 volts
ACIS–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
STA–E1 : 6.0 volts or more (Engine cranking)
ELS–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Taillight SW at ON position)
0–1.5 volts (Taillight SW at OFF position)
ELS2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Defogger SW at ON position)
0–1.5 volts (Defogger SW at OFF position)
FC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
0–3.0 volts (Engine idling)
EVP1–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
CF–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Electric cooling fan is operating on high speed)
0–2.0 volts (Electric cooling fan is operating on low speed or off)
TACH–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
TBP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and disconnect the vacuum hose from the vapor pressure sensor)
PTNK–E1 : 3.0–3.6 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
1.3–2.1 volts (Ignition SW on and apply vacuum 2.0 kpa (15.0 mmHg, 0.6 in.Hg)
STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal depressed)
Below 1.5 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal released)
SIL–E1 : Pulse generation (During transmission)
KNKL, KNKR–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
HT1B, HT2B–E03 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
0–3.0 volts (Engine idling)
OX1B, OX2B–E1 : Pulse generation (Maintain engine speed at 2500 rpm for two minutes after warning up)
IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5, IGT6–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling)
#10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position)
Pulse generation (Engine idling)
I7, I8, I9, I10, I11, I12 Injector
2–1 : Approx. 13.8 Ω
C/OPN Relay
3–5 : Closed with starter running
EFI Relay
3–5 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


75
Engine Control
: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 I2 37 S6 B 39
A10 36 I3 37 S7 C 39
A11 36 I4 37 S13 39
A14 38 I5 37 T2 37
A25 38 I6 37 T3 37
C2 36 I7 37 V1 37
C7 A 38 I8 37 V2 37
C8 B 38 I9 37 V3 37
D2 38 I10 37 V4 37
E3 36 I11 37 V5 37
E6 A 38 I12 37 V6 37
E7 B 38 I13 39 V7 37
E8 C 38 I14 39 V8 37
E9 D 38 J11 39 V9 37
E10 E 38 J12 40 V10 37
F15 40 K2 37 V14 41
H9 36 K3 37 V17 41
H10 36 M1 37

cardiagn.com
I1 37 P3 37

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1A
1B
1C
1D 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1E
1H
1J
1K
25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1L
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2E
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2L
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2O
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


76
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EB1 44 Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Left Bank of the Cylinder Head)
IA3 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
ID1 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Side of Driver Side J/B)
IF3
IF4
IF5 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF6
IF7
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EC
44 Left Fender
ED
EE 44 Left Side of Cylinder Head
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block

cardiagn.com
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E2 I6
44 Engine Wire
E3 I7 48 Engine
g Wire
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire I8

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


77
Engine Immobiliser System

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC
20A 10A
EFI IG2

Transponder
7 1C Key Coil
1 5
EFI Relay

I13
Transponder Key
Amplifier
2 3 ANT1 ANT2

3 1B 5 1C 4 1C 9 1B +B TXCT RXCK CODE GND


1 5 3 4 7
W–B
B–W

B–O
B–R

B–Y

W–B
B–R
5 2G 7 IF5 8 2G

C A

Connector

Connector
Junction

Junction
20 2G

cardiagn.com
17 2G 3 2Q
J6

J1
C A
36 3B (* 1)
B–R

B–R

16 3B (* 2)

W–B
I2

G–W 46 3B (* 1)
B–W

26 3B (* 2)
B–O
B–R

B–R

B–Y

R–L
L–Y

L
8 A 1 A 2 A 2 B 9 A 26 B 27 B 15 B 34 B

L
MREL +B +B1 BATT IGSW TXCT RXCK CODE KSW

Unlock Warning SW
E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)
Engine Control Module 2

EOM E1 E03 E01 E02 ME01 E04 E05 IMLD


15 A 1 C 7 C 7 E 6 E 4 C 7 D 6 D 16 B

1 U1
V
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B
BR

BR

4 IF4 34 3B (*1) 75 3A
14 3B (*2)
BR

A 44 3B (*1)
Connector

98 3B (* 1) A 24 3B (*2) 55 3A
Junction

I6
78 3B (* 2)
J11

A
BR

SB
V

118 3B (* 1)
98 3B (* 2) 16 IL1
4 IK1 8 2M
V
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B
BR
W

8 2R
10
W–B

LP
A/C Control

Connector

A
Assembly

Junction
A14

J4

ED EF EE IA IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


78
Service Hints
E6 (A), E7 (B) Engine Control Module
BATT–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
IGSW–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
EOM–Ground : Always continuity
KSW–Ground : Continuity with the key in cylinder

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A14 38 E9 D 38 J4 39
E6 A 38 E10 E 38 J6 39
E7 B 38 I13 39 J11 39
E8 C 38 J1 39 U1 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1C
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M

cardiagn.com
2Q 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF4
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF5
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ED 44 Left Fender
EE 44 Left Side of Cylinder Head
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire I6 48 Engine Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


79
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

ACC

2 AM1 IG1
20A 10A
EFI IG2
ST1 1 G–Y
W

I14 5 IF6
Ignition SW 7 1C
1 5

G–Y

EFI Relay
7 1J

2 3
SB

B–O
9 1L 8 1K 7 1K 3 1B 5 1C 4 1C 9 1B

W–B
B–W
51 3A
G–Y

B–R
B–Y

B–Y

B–Y
5 2G 8 2G 91 3A

6
W

G–W
Park/Neutral
Position SW

P
17 2G 7 IF5 20 2G

cardiagn.com
N

B–R
A4

2 2A
9 7 IK1
G–Y

I2

5A I6
AM1

G–W
B–W
G–Y

B–O
B–R

B–R
B–Y

2 2E 8 D 9 D 8 A 1 A 2 A B–Y
2 B 9 A 19 B
NSW STA MREL +B +B1 BATT IGSW STP
B–G

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module
1
E1 E03 E01 E02 ME01 E04 E05 VTA1 VTA2 VC THW
1 C 7 C 7 E 6 E 4 C 7 D 6 D 21 E 31 E 18 E 19 E
2

120A
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–B
B–R
BR

LG

ALT
Y

1
2 3 1 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor
VTA VTA2 VC
Throttle Position Sensor

2
1

A
B–G

Connector
Junction

I6
1
E2
J11

E3
T3

A
FL MAIN 4
3. 0W
BR

BR

BR
I6

Battery
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B
BR

ED EF EE

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


80
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

15A
STOP

13 2G
W

SB 2

R–B
4 2M
Stop Light SW

Y–B
Counter Gear Speed Sensor
L–W
S13

1 1
Turbine Speed Sensor

7 2G
W–L
1

G–W Y

L–B

cardiagn.com
2 2
C1
T4

V–W

2 IK1 6 IK1
LG

G
R
L

V–W
L–W

W–L
R–B

Y–B

L–B
Y
27 D 35 D 26 D 34 D 11 B 23 B 20 B 10 B 9 B 8 B 17 B
NT+ NT– NC+ NC– R 4 3 D 2 L SPD

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

E2 THO SLT+ SLT– SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– SL3+ SL3– DSL S4 SR
28 E 30 E 17 E 16 E 19 D 18 D 17 D 16 D 15 D 14 D 11 D 13 D 12 D
BR

BR
B–W

G–R
G–B
Y–R

R–B
Y–B

L–R
L–Y

GR
G

I6
L
BR–W

4 A 1 A 1 B 5 B 4 B 8 B 3 B 7 B 2 B 6 B 2 A 3 A 6 A
E2 OT SLT+ SLT– SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– SL3+ SL3– DSL S4 SR
W–BR

W–B
W–L
GR

BR
W
O

R
B

Y
L

BR

E 1(A), E 2(B)
Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


81
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator

R–L
A4
A/T Indicator Light SW 3
RB

LL 2L DL NL RL PL
8 4 7 5 2 1

G–W
W–L
L–W

R–B
R
Y
22 IL1 20 IL1 21 IL1 18 IL1 2 IL2 19 IL1

R–B
W

W
R–B

Y–B
5 2R
L–W

W–L
5 2L
Y

L–B

cardiagn.com
V–W
L–W
W–L

Y–B

R–B
W

W
Y

92 3A 124 3B 130 3B 120 3B 94 3A 121 3B 111 3B 104 3A 127 3B 123 3B 119 3B 63 3B 110 3A (*1)
104 3B 110 3B 100 3B 94 3A 101 3B 91 3B 104 3A 107 3B 103 3B 99 3B 43 3B 110 3A (*2)

104 3B 94 3B 100 3B 114 3A 101 3B 97 3B 107 3B 109 3B 103 3B 90 3A (*1)


82 3A 84 3B 74 3B 80 3B 114 3A 81 3B 77 3B 87 3B 89 3B 83 3B 90 3A (*2)
W–L
L–B

5 6 1 3
MTL NSSL NSSD MTD
LG–B
Y–B
W

W
W

MT2 MT4
4 T8 2
Transmission
Control SW
B–R

16 A 23 B 35 A 15 A 22 B 36 A 34 A 37 A

L 2 3 4 D N R P

C 7(A), C 8(B)
Combination Meter

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


82
From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC

R–L

10A 10A
GAUGE2 GAUGE1

6 2B 1 2M
R–L

3 IL2 W

cardiagn.com
BR

SB
W

57 3A 74 3B (* 1) 55 3A
54 3B (* 2)

84 3B (* 1)
S1
Skid Control ECU 87 3A 64 3B (* 2) 85 3A
with Actuator
PN
5
L–W
(* 2)

SB

SB
W

12 IF7
L–W
(* 2)

10 B 40 A 21 A 1 A
Speedometer

8 2M
Micro Computer Power

8 2R

33 A C 7(A), C 8(B)
W–B

Combination Meter
BR

IA ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


83
Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator
System Outline
Previous automatic transaxle have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure,
governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically
controls the line pressure, throttle pressure, lock–up pressure and accumulator pressure etc. through the solenoid valve. The
electronically controlled transmission is a system which precisely controls gear shift timing and lock–up timing in response to
the vehicle’s driving conditions and the engine condition detected by various sensors. It makes smooth driving possible by
shift selection for each gear which is the most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time, and by preventing downing,
squat and gear shift shock when starting off.
1. Gear Shift Operation
When driving, the engine warm up condition is input as a signal to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module from the
engine coolant temp. sensor and the vehicle speed signal is input to TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module. At the
same time, the throttle valve opening signal from the throttle position sensor is input to TERMINALS VTA1 and VTA2 of the
engine control module as throttle angle signal.
Based on these signals, the engine control module selects the best shift position for the driving conditions and sends current
to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid.
2. Lock–Up Operation
When each signal makes engine control module recognize that LOCK–UP condition is satisfied, the current flows from
engine control module TERMINAL DSL to electronically controlled transmission solenoid TERMINAL DSL. At the same time,
the current flows engine control module TERMINAL SL1+ to electroically controlled transmission solenoid TERMINAL SL1+
and from TERMINAL SL1– to engine control module TERMINAL SL1–. This works LOCK–UP solenoid to perform
LOCK–UP operation.
3. Stop Light SW Circuit

cardiagn.com
If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of
the engine control module. The engine control module operates and cuts the current to the solenoid to release lock–up.

Service Hints
E6 (A), E7 (B), E8 (C), E9 (D), E10 (E) Engine Control Module
L–E1 : 10.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift lever at L position)
2–E1 : 10.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift lever at 2 position)
R–E1 : 10.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift lever at R position)
D–E1 : 10.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift lever at D position)
THO–E2 : Below 1.0 volts (Ignition SW on and AFT temperature 110 °C (230 °F)
A4 A/T Indicator Light SW
3–1 : Closed with shift lever in P position
3–2 : Closed with shift lever in R position
3–5 : Closed with shift lever in N position
3–7 : Closed with shift lever in D position
3–8 : Closed with shift lever in L position
3–4 : Closed with shift lever in 2 position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 E6 A 38 S1 37
C1 36 E7 B 38 S13 39
C7 A 38 E8 C 38 T3 37
C8 B 38 E9 D 38 T4 37
E1 A 36 E10 E 38 T8 39
E2 B 36 I14 39
E3 36 J11 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


84
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
1C 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1J
1K
25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1L
2A
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B
2E
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G
2L
2M 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF5
IF6 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF7
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ED 44 Left Fender
EE 44 Left Side of Cylinder Head
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire I6 48 Engine Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


85
Multiplex Communication System (Communication Bus)

B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU

MPX1 MPX2 MPX3 MPX5 MPX4


11 B 12 B 13 B 5 C 1 B

GR–G
LG–R
GR–R
GR–B

cardiagn.com
10 IA3 10 IO4

GR–G
LG–R
13 IB1 19 IP1
V
GR–R
GR–B

6 BA1 6 BB1

GR–G
LG–R
Driver Door ECU

Front Passenger

7 7 10 8 8
Theft Deterrent

MPX1 MPX1 MPX1 MPX1 MPX1


Rear Door

Rear Door
Door ECU

RH ECU
LH ECU
ECU
D17

R15

R16
F13

MPX2 MPX2
T6

8 8
GR–L

GR–L

12 IB1 18 IP1

GR–L

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


86
System Outline
The multiplex communication system communicates among the body ECU, driver door ECU, front passenger door ECU,
rear door LH ECU, rear door RH ECU and theft deterrent ECU and controls the following systems according to the signals
from respective sensors or switches.
Multiplex Communication System Includes Following Systems
∗ Automatic Light Control
∗ Door Lock Control
∗ Garage Door Opener
∗ Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)
∗ Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)
∗ Interior Light
∗ Key Reminder
∗ Light Auto Turn Off
∗ Luggage Compartment Door Opener
∗ Moon Roof
∗ Power Window

cardiagn.com
∗ Theft Deterrent
∗ Wireless Door Lock Control

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B5 B 38 F13 40 T6 39
B6 C 38 R15 41
D17 40 R16 41

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA3 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


87
Multiplex Communication System

From Power Source System (See Page 56)


B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
1
HRLY DRL BZR
15 16 6 B
40A
MAIN

2 3 2F 4 2F

3 2

R–B

(* 1)

GR
R
HEAD
Relay R–B
R–B (* 2)
I2
5 1 (* 3)

2
V1
3 1G 4 1G 3 1F 4 1F 11 1H Level Control ECU
Headlight Beam

Keyless Buzzer
R–B

On/Off SW
R(* 2)

R(* 1)

R(* 2)

R–B
R–L
(* 1)

(* 1)
R

V2 1

K4
3
15A
1 1 HEAD
RH LWR

cardiagn.com
3 2
2
DRL NO. 2

1 IF5
Relay

1 1

R(*2)
5 1

R(*1)
1 1

(w/o HID)

R–W(*2)
R–G(*1)
(w/ HID)

(w/ HID)
R–G
L

R(* 1)

Headlight Control ECU RH


B–Y

Headlight RH (Low)
(* 1)
1 2
Keyless Buzzer

2 1F 1
Buzzer

H8

H4
K1

2
2 1
10A 10A
HEAD HEAD
RH UPR LH UPR
(w/o HID)

(w/ HID)
W–B

W–B

W–B

11 1B 1 1C 6 1E
R–L
(*1)

(*2)
R

E1
R–W(* 2)
R–Y(*1)
R–L
(* 2)

1
H5
W–B

Headlight LH
(High)
2
R–B(* 2)

R–B(* 1) R–B(* 1)

R–W(* 2)

R–Y(* 1)

R–L
(* 2)

EB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


88
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU

HU TAIL HEAD HF AUTO


17 8 A 9 A 10 A 14 B

* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light


* 2 : w/o Daytime Running Light
* 3 : w/ Headlight Beam Level Control System 9 2G 10 2G 6 2R 3 2A 6 2N

W W

R–B

R–B

R–Y

R–B
(* 2)

(* 2)

(* 1)

(* 2)
(*2) (*2)

R–Y

R–B

W
R
R–B
(*2)
7 14 13 8 12

OFF

Control SW
Tail

Light
Head
(* 1)
AUTO
1 1
Low

Dimmer SW
15A 5A High
HEAD DRL
LH LWR
Flash

cardiagn.com
2 2 Fog SW
OFF

ON
1 1
C11 16 17 10 11
W–R Combination SW
GR
W–R
(* 1)

(* 1)

R–Y
(w/o HID)

(w/ HID)

(* 1)
R

Headlight Control ECU LH

W–B
1 1 1 1

R–Y
Headlight LH (Low)

2 2 5 2 5
DRL NO. 4 Relay

DRL NO. 3 Relay

4 2R
6 IF5 1
4
5 2
H6

H3

FOG Relay
2
1 1 3 1 3

1 1 1 1 1
R–B
(*2)

3 1
W–B

W–L
(* 1)

(* 1)
(w/o HID)

(w/ HID)
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

10 2C
R–B

R–B
(*1)

(*1)

(*1)

(*1)
R

R
1 (USA)
R
Daytime Running

2
H7
Light Resistor

W–L
R–L
(* 1)

(* 1)

W–B Headlight
RH (High) D B D B
E4 E4
J 8(A), J 9(B)

1
D19

Connector

R–W(* 1)
2
Junction

W–B W–B
W–B

E4
(* 1) (*1) F A

R–B(* 1)
R–W
(* 2)

3
R–W(* 2) W–L(*1)
IF5
10
R–Y(* 1) R–L
IF7
R–L R–L W–B
(*2) (* 2)

EC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


89
Multiplex Communication System

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU

RE KW DRLP SDRL A SPD DCTY PCTY


18 A 1 A 3 A 17 A 7 C 4 A From Power Source System 1 C 11 A
W–G (See Page 56)

V–W
GR
E
10A
Connector
W

R–G

R–G
GAUGE1
Junction

(*2) 74 3A 72 3A
J3

R–B

(* 1)
LG
W–G

P
84 3A 82 3A 1 2M
13 3A 6 IA2 16 IO5

W
W

R–G
63 3A
57 3A
W–G

R–G
B6
24 B 15 B 4 B 7 B 18 A 33 A (* 6)
87 3A

R–G

R–G
Combination Meter

Memory Seat ECU


W
C 7(A), C 8(B)

cardiagn.com
9 B 11 B 21 A 2 A 20 A 40 A

Door Courtesy SW

Door Courtesy SW
1 1

Front RH
Front LH
(* 2)

D8

D9
(USA)

R–L

(* 1)
W

W
R

84 3B 82 3B (* 4)
64 3B 62 3B (* 5) * 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light
* 2 : w/o Daytime Running Light
* 4 : w/ VSC
* 5 : w/o VSC
* 6 : w/ Driving Position Memory
* 7 : w/ Moon Roof
R * 8 : w/o Moon Roof
(USA) 74 3B 92 3B (* 4)
54 3B 72 3B (* 5)
W–L
(*1)
BR

W
W–L(*1)

R–L

W–B W–B

ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


90
W
1
R–W R–W

W–B
12 A

5 IA2
RLCY
D10
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH

1
R–Y R–Y 14 A

7 IO5
RRCY

D11

W–B
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH

A
4
5
1
2

A
A
A
W–B W–B R L–Y
5 B

IB
TKUL

J1 F10 L1
Junction Luggage Compartment Luggage Compartment

J4
Connector Door Opener SW Door Opener Main SW

Junction
8

Connector
G–R G–R G–R
8 2S

IE1

W–B
2
6
4

G–R
LP

8 2Q

W–B W–B

IA
12 IE1
2
DOOR I13

1
Ignition Key
Body ECU

3
W–B OFF Cylinder Light

B3
ON
R

W–B
I16
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

Interior Light

W–B
R
5 2Q 13 2K

2
1
1
2
W–B R–W

B3
From Power Source

V12 V15 W

R
R
60 3A
5 2M
System (See Page 56)

7. 5A

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


Vanity Light LH Visor SW LH
DOME

W–B
2
1
1
2
2
1

W–B R–W R R R R R W–L W–L


7 A

70 3A
79 3A

B3
3 IE1
1 IP2
8 IP1
CYL

V13 V16 D5
Vanity Light RH Visor SW RH Door Courtesy Light
Front RH

R
2
1
D
D

R L–Y R–Y

W–B
B 2 : *8
B 3 : *7
4 B

119 3A
FSPT

6
7
F8
J5

Foot Light LH
Junction

Personal Light
O2
Connector

2
1
D

R R–Y
120 3A

Overhead J/B
F9
Garage Door Foot Light RH
Opener R
40 3A

W–B

91
cardiagn.com
92
R
R

W–B
R

6 IO5

5
2
R R L–W L–W
8 B

+B
4 IO5

B10
RDA
RDA

1
3
W–B G–R G–R

E
9 B

5 IO5

PRG
PRG

D13
Door Lock Control
Receiver

2
1
R R L–R L–R L–R
15 A

9 IO2

4 BB1
11 BB1
CYL

D7
Door Courtesy

R
Light Rear RH

2
1
R R W–R W–R W–R
13 A

B8
13 IA4

4 BA1
11 BA1
CYL
Body ECU
Multiplex Communication System

D6
Door Courtesy

R
Light Rear LH
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

2
1
R R L–O L–O
2 C

B8
1 IC1
3 IB1
CYL

D4
Door Courtesy

R
Light Front LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


1
2
1
2

R–Y R–Y G G G
6 C

1 IA2

B14
B17
LGCY

D3 L6
Diode Luggage
G

Compartment Light

2
R–Y
2

N4
10

Noise Filter
1

W–L W–L
12 C

M
IA2
TR+

L5
Luggage Compartment
Door Opener Motor
Luggage Compartment
Light SW

W–B
W–B
cardiagn.com
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU

GND KSW ALTL OBD2 BDR2 TRLY SIG


12 19 A 18 B 3 B 3 14 9

W
Y
L

From Power Source


47 3B 95 3B 42 3B (*4) System (See Page 56)
27 3B 75 3B 22 3B (*5)

25A DOOR NO. 2


2 3

TAIL Relay
10A
ECU–IG
46 3B 56 3B 115 3B 72 3B (*4)
26 3B 36 3B 95 3B 52 3B (*5)
1 5
W

W
L

1 2E 12 2K 6 2L
Unlock Warning SW

2 13 IL1

B–G

B–R

W
Y

Data Link Connector 3


U1

1 7
1

cardiagn.com
L SIL
W
Generator
W–B

G2

D2

75 3A

From Power Source


System (See Page 56)
55 3A
1
SB

120A
ALT

8 2M 2

8 2R 8 2P

B–G
W–B

W–B

* 1 : w/ Daytime Running Light


* 4 : w/ VSC
* 5 : w/o VSC

W–B

W W

B–R

W–B W–B

W–B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


93
Multiplex Communication System

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU

CLTB CLTE CLTS MPX3 BDR1 HORN


15 B 16 B 17 B 13 B 2 13
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

GR–R
V–Y

P–L

V
22 2G

25A 10A
DOOR1 HORN
6 3 5

G–B
A/C Solar Sensor
CLTB CLTE CLTS

Automatic Light
Control Sensor
5 1
A18
TSR TSL 1 2P 14 2G 5 1B
2 1 HORN
L–W Relay

L–W
O

3 2

26 B 25 B
A14(A), A15(B)

TSP TSD
A/C Control

1 1H 3 1D
Assembly

LP
10 A

G–W

cardiagn.com
V

W G–W
4 IK1
1 1

Horn (High)
Horn (Low)
V

H12

H11
68 3B 44 3B (* 4)
48 3B 24 3B (* 5)

W–R
48 3B 33 3B (* 4)
B
W–R

13 3B (* 5)
L–W

28 3B
V
B–R

V
L

14 IF4
4 14 12 10 24 2 6
KSW IG IND MPX1 SH +B1 DSWH

B
E SH–
11 T6 25 1 EA2
Theft Deterrent ECU
W–B

9 IF7 1
* 4 : w/ VSC
Courtesy SW
Engine Hood

* 5 : w/o VSC
W

E4

2
1
W–B T1
W–B

Theft
Deterrent
Horn

2 EA2
W W

B–R B–R
W–B

W–B W–B

ED

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


94
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU

B ACC P HAZ
1 10 6 A 10 B
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A 5A

LG–B
G–W
ECU–B GAUGE2 ECU–ACC

Connector
A

Junction
6 2M 11 2K 6 2B

J6
80 3A A
R–L

110 3A

LG–B
W–R
W

W
3 IL2 8

Flasher Relay
19 IL1

cardiagn.com
EHW

Turn Signal
G–W

T9
R–L

3
A/T Indicator
Light SW

W–R
A4

1
G–W

36 3A 56 3A

W–R

86 3A 66 3A
W–R
W

W–R

B–R B–R

W–B W–B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


95
Multiplex Communication System

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU

PD PWS GSW PKB MPX1 ACTD


9 C 8 21 18 11 B From Power Source 11 C
System (See Page 56)

GR–B
12 2B 2 2D 11 2G 1

L–B
G–R

30A 11 IA3
PWR NO. 1

1 IE1 9 IE1

R–W

L–B
2
L
G–R

Airbag Sensor Assembly


V

1 2H

Parking Brake SW
3 2 4 1
WOPN PWS GSW
A31

P5

M5
Moon Roof Control ECU
and Motor L–R

L–W
GR–L

cardiagn.com
GR–B

GR–L
W–R
B–R

L–R
L–B
GR

2 IB1 8 IC1 9 IC1 13 IB1 10 IC1 12 IB1 7 IC1 2 IC1


GR–B

GR–L
W–R

L–W
B–R
GR

6 20 9 7 10 8
WLSW SIG CPUB MPX1 BDR MPX2

D17
Driver Door ECU
GND SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN KEYE LSWD KL KUL
2 13 5 15 1 11 3 16 4 14
LG–B
W–B

W–B
B–O

L–R
L–Y

L–B
LG
G

L
W–B

W–R
7 8 9 10 1 4
3 2 6 4 5
E LMT PLS U D

11 IC1

P7 D12
Power Window Motor Front LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH
Door Lock Motor Front LH
W–B

Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH


W–R W–R

GR

B–R

W–B W–B

BA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


96
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU

MPX2
12 B From Power Source
System (See Page 56)

GR–R
20A
PWR NO. 2

8 2B

L–O
L–R L–R

GR–L GR

cardiagn.com
L–R
GR–R
GR–L
W–R

L–O

GR L–B
9 IP2 18 IP1 19 IP1 10 IP2 9 IP1
GR–R
GR–L
W–R

L–O

GR

9 8 7 10 6
L–R

CPUB MPX2 MPX1 BDR PCT L–B

F13
Front Passenger Door ECU
GND SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN KEYE LSWP
2 13 5 15 1 11 3 16 2 IP2 7 IP2
LG–B
W–B

W–B

W–B
B–O

L–R

L–B
G

8 7 4 1
1 6 3 4 5
E LMT PLS U D
11 IP2

P8 D14
W–B

Power Window Motor Front RH Door Lock Motor Front RH


Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH

W–R

GR GR

W–B W–B

IF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


97
Multiplex Communication System

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU

ACT+ ACT– LSR


11 23 19

11 2H 5 2C 12 2H 6 2C 4 2S 16 2K 10 2H
L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–B
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
D A Connector E A

F B E B F B E B

L–R
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–B

L–Y
GR
5 IO4 4 IO4 6 IO4

cardiagn.com
L–R
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–B
L–B 9 BB1 8 BB1 3 BB1 3 BA1 9 BA1 8 BA1
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–Y

L–Y

L–B
Door Unlock Detection SW

Door Unlock Detection SW


Door Lock Motor Rear RH

Door Lock Motor Rear LH


1 6 6 4
Rear RH

Rear LH
D16

D15
GR

GR

4 9 9 1
Junction Connector

B B B B
J 8(A), J 9(B)

W–B

W–B

W–B
B11 B7
B A B A
W–B

W–B

W–B
GR

GR

10 BB1 10 BA1
W–B

W–B

W–B

GR

GR GR

J13
Junction
A Connector A
W–B W–B A A W–B J12
Junction
Connector

BD BB BC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


98
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU

MPX5 MPX4 SGND


5 C From Power Source System 1 B 24
(See Page 56)

GR–G
LG–R

PWR NO. 4

PWR NO. 3
11 2B

20A

20A

BR
2 2H 5 2B

L–W
10 IA3 9 IO4 10 IO4

P9 P10
Power Window Motor Power Window Motor

GR–G
LG–R

Rear LH Rear RH

L–W
L–Y

E LMT PLS U D E LMT PLS U D

cardiagn.com
6 BA1 2 BA1 2 BB1 6 BB1
1 6 3 5 4 3 2 6 5 4

GR–G
LG–R

LG–B

LG–B
W–B

W–B
L–W
B–O

B–O
L–Y
G

G
R

R
8 5 3 4 6 1 12 12 8 5 3 4 6 1
MPX1 SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN BDR BDR MPX1 SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN

R15 R16
Rear Door LH ECU Rear Door RH ECU

GND E PCT GND PCT


7 10 11 7 11
W–B

W–B

W–B
GR

GR

7 BA1 7 BB1
W–B
B7
GR

GR

5 IA3 11 IO4
GR

GR

BR

W–B

GR

GR

ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


99
Multiplex Communication System
Service Hints
Body ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
1, 2, 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 D17 40 J13 40
A14 A 38 D19 36 K1 37
A15 B 38 E4 36 K4 39
A18 38 F8 39 L1 39
A31 38 F9 39 L5 40
B4 A 38 F10 39 L6 40
B5 B 38 F13 40 M5 41
B6 C 38 G2 36 N4 41
C7 A 38 H3 36 O2 41
C8 B 38 H4 36 P5 39
C11 38 H5 36 P7 41
D2 38 H6 36 P8 41

cardiagn.com
D3 40 H7 36 P9 41
D4 40 H8 36 P10 41
D5 40 H11 36 R15 41
D6 40 H12 36 R16 41
D7 40 I13 39 T1 37
D8 40 I16 40 T6 39
D9 40 J1 39 T9 39
D10 40 J3 39 U1 39
D11 40 J4 39 V12 41
D12 40 J5 39 V13 41
D13 40 J6 39 V15 41
D14 40 J8 A 39 V16 41
D15 40 J9 B 39
D16 40 J12 40

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


100
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
1C
1D
1E 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1F
1G
1H
2A
2B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2C
2D
2E
2F 28 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B ((Lower Finish Panel))
2G
2H
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2L
2M

cardiagn.com
2N
2P 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2Q
2R
2S
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA2 44 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room No.2 Wire (Behind the Headlight LH)
IA2
IA3 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left
( Kick Panel))
IA4
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IF4
IF5 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF7
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2
IO2
IO4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire ((Right
g Kick Panel))
IO5
IP1
48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


101
Multiplex Communication System
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC
44 Left Fender
ED
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IF 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 B7 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire
44
E4 Engine
g Room Main Wire B8 50 Floor No.1 Wire
I2 48 B10 50 Floor No.2 Wire
B2 B11 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire

cardiagn.com
50 Roof Wire
B3 B14
50 Floor No
No.1
1 Wire
B6 50 Floor No.1 Wire B17

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


102
Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

1 R
R–L
B–Y
10A 10A R 40A
ECU–B ECU–IG MAIN

1 1 2

2 3 2 3

HEAD Relay
DRL NO. 2
Relay
1 5 1 5

1 1 4 1G 3 1G 11 1H 3 1F

R–L
R

B–Y

R–B
R
R

R–B

cardiagn.com
4 2F 3 2F

B 4(A), B 5(B)
1 9 16 Body ECU 15
B SIG DRL HRLY

HEAD TAIL HF HU PKB GND SGND SDRL ALTL


9 A 8 A 10 A 17 18 12 24 17 A 18 B

6 2R 11 2G 8 2R 8 2M 11 2B P

Y
W–B
R–Y

R–B

R–Y

BR
SB
R

95 3B (* 1)
75 3B (* 2)
13 14 8 7

OFF
Light Control

115 3B (* 1)
Tail
95 3B (* 2)
R–W

Head
SW

AUTO

Low
Dimmer SW

13 IL1

High
Y

Flash
Parking Brake SW

C11 1 1
16
Combination SW L
Generator
G2
P5
W–B

SB
W–B
Connector

A
Junction

A W–B
BR
J4

IB IA ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


104
P
R

SB
B–Y
H5
Headlight LH (High)

2
1
R–B R–L

2 1F

6 1E

*
*
*
*
10A
HEAD
LH UPR

1 : w/ VSC
2 : w/o VSC
3 : HID Type
4 : Except HID Type
R–Y

1 1C
10A
HEAD
RH UPR
H4
Headlight Control
ECU RH

1
2
W–B W–B W–B R–G

EB
E1
(*3) (* 3)

H8
Headlight RH (Low)

2
1
2
1

W–B R–G R
1
1

(*4) (* 4)

R
15A
HEAD

(USA)
RH LWR

H3
Headlight Control
ECU LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


1
2
2
1

W–B R
1

(*3) (* 3)
15A

H6
HEAD
LH LWR

Headlight LH (Low)

2
1
W–B R
(*4) (* 4)

DRL NO. 4
Relay
1
2
2
1

W–B W–R
1
1
1

E4
3
5

R–B
5A

1
1
DRL

R–B

P
R

SB
R–B
R–Y

W–B
W–B
W–R

(USA)

105
cardiagn.com
P

SB
R–B
R–Y

W–B
W–B
W–R

106
R(USA)
W–B W–B W–B

EC
E4
W–B DRL NO. 3

1
Relay

1
2
1
H7

W–B
Headlight RH
(High)

2
1
3
5
R–B R–W R–Y

1
1

4
R–L

2
1
W–L

1
D19
Daytime Running
Light Resistor

3
W–L W–L

IF5
10
R–L R–L

IF7
6
R R

IF5
(USA) (USA)
Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

C 7(A), C 8(B)
Combination Meter

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


(Canada) P
7 B

(USA) (USA)

Head (USA)
SB SB R

1 A
9 B
D B
F A

55 3A
85 3A
(USA)
* 1 : w/ VSC

J 8(A), J 9(B)
* 2 : w/o VSC

Junction
Connector
High Beam
W–L W R–L
2 A
11 B

72 3B (* 2)
92 3B (* 1)
62 3B (* 2)
82 3B (* 1)

cardiagn.com
System Outline
Daytime Running Light Operation
When the engine is started, a signal from the generator is input into TERMINAL (B) 18 of the body ECU. At this time, if the
parking brake pedal is depressed (Parking brake SW ON), the body ECU is not activated, and the daytime running light
system does not operate.
When the parking brake pedal is released (Parking brake SW OFF), a signal is input into TERMINAL 18 of the body ECU.
This activates the body ECU and the headlight turns on.

Service Hints
HEAD Relay
3–5 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with the engine running and the parking brake pedal depressed (Parking brake SW off)
B4 (A), B5 (B) Body ECU
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with engine running
18–Ground : Continuity with parking brake pedal depressed
17–Ground : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position
(A) 8–Ground : Continuity with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 G2 36 H8 36
B5 B 38 H3 36 J4 39
C7 A 38 H4 36 J8 A 39
C8 B 38 H5 36 J9 B 39
C11 38 H6 36 P5 39
D19 36 H7 36

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C
1E
1F 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1G
1H
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2F
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


107
Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF5
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF7
IL1 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 44 Engine Room Main Wire E4 44 Engine Room Main Wire

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


108
Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

1 R

R
10A 10A 40A
ECU–B ECU–IG MAIN

2 3

HEAD Relay
1 5

11 1H 3 1F 4 1F

R–B
R

cardiagn.com
3 2F

1 9 15
B SIG HRLY

B 4(A)
Body ECU

SGND GND HEAD TAIL HF HU


24 12 9 A 8 A 10 A 17

11 2B 8 2R 3 2A 6 2N 10 2G 9 2G
W–B

R–Y

R–B

R–B

R–B

R–B
BR

W
R

13 14 8 7

OFF
Control SW

Tail
Light

Head

Low
Dimmer SW

High R–B

Flash R–B
C11 16
Combination SW W
W–B
W–B
BR

A
W–B A J4
Junction
Connector

ID IA IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


110
R
R

W
R–B
R–B
H5
Headlight LH (High)

2
1
R–B R

2 1F

6 1E
10A
HEAD
LH UPR
H7
Headlight RH (High)

2
1
R–B R–W

1 1C
10A
HEAD
RH UPR

C 7(A), C 8(B)
Combination Meter

10
High Beam
W R–L R–L

2 A
11 B
11 1B

IF7

H4
Headlight Control

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


ECU RH

1
2
2
1

W–B R–W R
1
1

EB
15A
HEAD
RH LWR

H3
Headlight Control
ECU LH

1
2
2
1

W–B R
1

EC
15A
HEAD
LH LWR

111
cardiagn.com
Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)
Service Hints
Body ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 C11 38 H5 36
C7 A 38 H3 36 H7 36
C8 B 38 H4 36 J4 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
1C

cardiagn.com
1E 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1F
1H
2A
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B
2F
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G
2N
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF7 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


112
Interior Light

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : w/ Moon Roof
* 2 : w/o Moon Roof

7. 5A
DOME

5 2M 13 2K 5 2Q

R
60 3A

70 3A 40 3A 79 3A 120 3A 119 3A

R
3 IE1 6 IO5

cardiagn.com
R

R
R

B 3 : *1 B 3 : *1
B 2 : *2 B 2 : *2
R

2 2 7 1
Visor SW RH
Visor SW LH

Personal

Garage Door
V15

V16

DOOR
Light

Interior Light

OFF
ON

1 1
Opener
Overhead J/B

I16
R–W

R–W

3 2
O2

6
Vanity Light RH
Vanity Light LH

1 1
V12

V13

R
2 2

R
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

G–R

W–B W–B R
B3 B3 B3
R
W–B

G–R

12 IE1
W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


114
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 5A
ECU–IG ECU–ACC

9 10
SIG ACC

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU

LP FSPT CYL RDA PRG CYL CYL CYL


4 4 B 7 A 8 B 9 B 15 A 13 A 2 C

cardiagn.com
W–R
G–R
L–W

L–R
8 2Q 8 2S
W–L
R–Y

L–O
4 IO5 5 IO5 9 IO2 13 IA4

J5

W–R
G–R

G–R

L–R
Junction
Connector D
L–W

G–R

D D 8 IP1 11 BB1 11 BA1 3 IB1

W–R
W–L
R–Y

L–O
L–R
L–Y

Door Lock Control

8 IE1 2 3
Foot Light RH
Foot Light LH
Cylinder Light

Door Courtesy Light

Door Courtesy Light

Door Courtesy Light

Door Courtesy Light


RDA PRG
Ignition Key

6 1 1 1
Receiver
D13

+B E 1 1 1
F8

F9
I13

Front RH

Rear RH

Front LH
Rear LH

2 2 2 2 5 1
D5

D7

D6

D4
G–R

2 2 2
R

R
W–B

1 IP2
R

R
4 BB1 4 BA1 1 IC1
R
R

R
R

R R R
B10
R R R R
B8 B8
G–R
W–B

A
W–B A J13
Junction
Connector

BB BD

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


115
L6
D3 Luggage

116
Diode Compartment Light

1
2
1
2
R–Y R–Y G G G

6 C

1 IA2

B14
B17
LGCY
L5

G
N4 Luggage Compartment
Noise Filter Light SW

2
2
R–Y
Interior Light

D8
Door Courtesy SW
Front LH

1
R–G R–G

1 C

6 IA2
DCTY
D9
Door Courtesy SW
Front RH

1
R–G R–G

11 A

16 IO5
PCTY
Body ECU
D10
Door Courtesy SW
Rear LH

1
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

R–W R–W

12 A

5 IA2
RLCY
D11
Door Courtesy SW
Rear RH

1
R–Y R–Y
14 A

7 IO5
RRCY

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


12

W–B W–B

IA
8 2R
GND
24

BR
11 2B
SGND
1

W GR
A
B

7 C

84 3A
74 3A

BR
cardiagn.com
From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 3 : w/ VSC
* 4 : w/o VSC

10A 10A
ECU–B GAUGE1

6 2M 1 2M
W

56 3A W
57 3A

86 3A 87 3A
W

20 A 40 A

cardiagn.com
Power
Combination Meter

Micro Computer
C 7(A), C 8(B)

18 A 21 A 1 B 3 B 19 B
GR–B
W–G
W

3 1 4
84 3B (* 3) T TC RV
64 3B (* 4)

74 3B (* 3) R9
54 3B (* 4) Rheostat

W
BR

BR

ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


117
Interior Light
Service Hints
Body ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
D8, D9, D10, D11 Door Courtesy SW Front LH, RH, Rear LH, RH
1–Ground : Closed with each of the door

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 D8 40 J13 40
B5 B 38 D9 40 L5 40
B6 C 38 D10 40 L6 40
C7 A 38 D11 40 N4 41
C8 B 38 D13 40 O2 41
D3 40 F8 39 R9 39
D4 40 F9 39 V12 41
D5 40 I13 39 V13 41
D6 40 I16 40 V15 41
D7 40 J5 39 V16 41

cardiagn.com
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
2Q
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
2S
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2
46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1
No 1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IA4
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IO2
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO5
IP1
48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


118
: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B2 B10 50 Floor No.2 Wire
50 Roof Wire
B3 B14
50 Floor No
No.1
1 Wire
B8 50 Floor No.1 Wire B17

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


119
Light Auto Turn Off

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

40A 10A 10A 5A

B–G
MAIN ECU–B ECU–IG ECU–ACC

1 2E 2

1 5 2 3

TAIL HEAD
Relay Relay

2 3 1 5

11 1H

R–B

3 2F

14 15 1 9 10

cardiagn.com
TRLY HRLY B SIG ACC
B–G

GND TAIL HEAD AUTO DCTY SGND


12 B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C) 8 A 9 A 14 B 1 C 24
1 Body ECU

2 8 2R R–G 11 2B
R–Y

W
R

120A
ALT

1
6 IA2
14 13 12
1
OFF
Control SW
B–G

Tail
R–G
Light

Head

AUTO
Door Courtesy SW

FL MAIN
3. 0W C11 1
16
W–B

Combination SW
BR
Front LH
D8
W–B

Battery

A
W–B A J4
Junction
Connector

IA IB ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


120
System Outline
1. Normal Lighting Operation
<Turn taillight on>
With the light control SW turned to TAIL position, a signal is input into TERMINAL (A) 8 of the body ECU. Due to this signal,
the current flowing to TERMINAL 14 of the ECU flows to TERMINAL (A) 8 to TERMINAL 14 of the light control SW to
TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, and TAIL relay causes taillights to turn on.

<Turn headlight on>


With the light control SW turned to HEAD position, a signal is input into TERMINALS (A) 8 and (A) 9 of the body ECU. Due to
this signal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 15 of the ECU flows to TERMINAL (A) 9 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control
SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND in the headlight circuit, and causes taillight and HEAD relay to turn the lights on. The
taillight circuit is same as above.
2. Light Auto Turn Off Operation
With light on and ignition SW turned off (Input signal goes to TERMINAL 9 of the ECU), when the driver’s door is opened
(Input signal goes to TERMINAL (C) 1 of the ECU), the body ECU operates and the current is cut off which flows from
TERMINAL 14 of the ECU to TERMINAL (A) 8 In taillight circuit and from TERMINAL 15 to TERMINAL (A) 9 in headlight
circuit.
As a result, all lights are turned off automatically.

Service Hints
TAIL Relay
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD or TAIL position

cardiagn.com
HEAD Relay (w/ Daytime Running Light)
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position
Closed with the engine running and parking brake released (Parking brake SW off)
HEAD Relay (w/o Daytime Running Light)
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or dimmer SW at FLASH position
Body ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
D8 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Closed with the driver door open

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 B6 C 38 D8 40
B5 B 38 C11 38 J4 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1H 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2E
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2F
2R 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


121
Light Auto Turn Off
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


122
Automatic Light Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

40A 10A 10A 5A

B–G
MAIN ECU–B ECU–IG ECU–ACC

1 2E 2

1 5 2 3

TAIL HEAD
Relay Relay

2 3 1 5

11 1H

R–B

3 2F

14 15 1 9 10

cardiagn.com
TRLY HRLY B SIG ACC
B–G

GND TAIL HEAD AUTO CLTB CLTE CLTS SGND


12 B 4(A), B 5(B) 8 A 9 A 14 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 24
1 Body ECU

2 8 2R 11 2B
GR–R
R–Y

V–Y

P–L
W
R

120A
ALT

14 13 12 6 3 5
1 CLTB CLTE CLTS
OFF
Control SW
B–G

Tail
Light

Head

AUTO
FL MAIN
3. 0W C11 16 A18
W–B

Combination SW Automatic Light Control


BR

Sensor
W–B

Battery

A
W–B A J4
Junction
Connector

IA IB ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


124
System Outline
The automatic light control system works when the light control SW is turned to AUTO. The automatic light control sensor
detects the brightness around the vehicle. By this function, the system automatically turns the taillight and headlight on if the
brightness is below the regular level and turns the taillight and headlight off when the surroundings become brighter than the
regular level.

Service Hints
Body ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
D8 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Driver’s door open

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A18 38 B5 B 38 J4 39
B4 A 38 C11 38

: Relay Blocks

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)
1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1H 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2E
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2F
2R 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


125
Key Reminder

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A 10A 5A


GAUGE1 ECU–B ECU–IG ECU–ACC

1 2M
6
W
2M
W

57 3A 56 3A

87 3A 86 3A
W

40 A 20 A 1 9 10

cardiagn.com
B SIG ACC

Power Buzzer KW DCTY SGND GND KSW


Combination Meter

1 A 1 C B 4(A), B 6(C) 24 12 19 A
C 7(A), C 8(B)

Body ECU
Micro Computer
R–G

11 2B 8 2R 8 2M
LG

L
21 A 15 B
W–B
BR

SB
LG
W

6 IA2
84 3B (* 1) 47 3B (* 1)
64 3B (* 2) 55 3A 27 3B (* 2)
R–G

74 3B (* 1) 75 3A 46 3B (* 1)
54 3B (* 2) 26 3B (* 2)
* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC
1
W–B

D8
L

Door Courtesy SW
Front LH
Unlock Warning SW

2
BR

U1

1
W–B

BR

ID IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


126
System Outline
Key Reminder System
With the ignition key inserted in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the ignition SW still off and driver’s door open
(Door courtesy SW on), when a signal is input to TERMINAL (C) 1 of the body ECU, the body ECU operates, current flows
from TERMINAL (A) 1 of the ECU to TERMINAL (B) 15 of the combination meter to GROUND and key reminder buzzer
sounds.

Service Hints
Body ECU
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
D8 Door Courtesy SW Front LH
1–Ground : Closed with the driver door open
U1 Unlock Warning SW
1–2 : Closed with the ignition key in cylinder

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 C7 A 38 D8 40

cardiagn.com
B6 C 38 C8 B 38 U1 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28
2M Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
29
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


127
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)


B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
1 1 Body ECU
HORN HRLY TRLY BDR2 GND KSW

10A HORN
40A MAIN
13 15 14 3 12 19 A
120A
ALT

22 2G 3 2F 2 3

25A DOOR NO. 2


TAIL Relay
2 2

L
G–B

R–B
2 3 1 5 47 3B (* 1)

HORN Relay
HEAD Relay

1 1 5 27 3B (* 2)

1 5 2 3
1 2E 46 3B 56 3B (*1)
26 3B 36 3B (*2)

11 1H 3 1D
G–B
B–G

B–G
R–B

L
L

Unlock Warning SW

cardiagn.com
2

U1
1

* 1 : w/ VSC

W–B
* 2 : w/o VSC

75 3A

55 3A
SB W–B

8 2M 8 2P

8 2R
W–B

W–B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


128
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
HAZ SIG BDR1 MPX3
10 B 9 2 13 B
From Power Source System (See Page 56)
LG–B

V
25A 10A
DOOR1 ECU–IG
A
J6
Junction
Connector
A
LG–B

5 1B 14 2G 6 2L 1 2P 12 2K
8
EHW
L–W

L–W

B–R
W
T9
Turn Signal 68 3B (* 1)
Flasher Relay 48 3B (* 2)

48 3B (* 1)

cardiagn.com
28 3B (* 2)

L–W
B–R

V
L

4 14 24 10
KSW IG SH MPX1
T6
Theft Deterrent ECU

E IND SH– DSWH +B1


11 12 25 6 2
W–B

W
V

W–B 33 3B (* 1) 14 IF4
13 3B (* 2) 9 IF7 W–R
B

1 EA2
W

44 3B (* 1)
24 3B (* 2)
B

1
Deterrent

1
Theft

Horn
V

Courtesy SW
Engine Hood
T1

4 IK1
E4

2
V

W–B

10
LP
A/C Control
Assembly

2 EA2
A14

W–B

B–R

W–B W–B

ED

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


129
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU
DRLP B ACC MPX1 ACTD
3 A 1 10 11 B 11 C
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

GR–B
1

L–B
R–B

5A 10A 30A
ECU– 11 IA3
ECU–B PWR NO. 1
ACC
4 B

L–B
2
Combination Meter
Door

C 7(A), C 8(B)

6 2M 11 2K 1 2H

20 A
W–R
W

L–R
W

GR–L
86 3A 56 3A

cardiagn.com
GR–B

GR–L
W–R

L–W

L–R
L–B
36 3A 66 3A

9 IC1 10 IC1 13 IB1 12 IB1 7 IC1 2 IC1


W–R

GR–B

GR–L
W–R

L–W

9 10 7 8
CPUB BDR MPX1 MPX2

D17
Driver Door ECU
W–R SIG GND KEYE LSWD KL KUL
20 2 3 16 4 14
W–B

W–B
B–R

L–R
L–Y

L–B
LG

7 8 9 10 1 4

8 IC1 11 IC1

D12
W–B
B–R

Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH


Door Lock Motor Front LH
Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH
W–R

B–R

W–B W–B

BA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


130
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)
Body ECU
MPX2 ACT+ ACT– LSR SGND
From Power Source 12 B 11 23 19 24
System (See Page 56)

GR–R
11 2H 5 2C 12 2H 6 2C 4 2S 10 2H 16 2K 11 2B
20A
PWR NO. 2

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–Y

BR
J 8(A), J 9(B)
8 2B Junction
D A Connector E A

F B E B F B E B

L–R
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–B

L–Y
GR–L
5 IO4 4 IO4 6 IO4

cardiagn.com
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–Y
GR–R
L–O

9 BB1 8 BB1 3 BB1 9 BA1 8 BA1 3 BA1


18 IP1 10 IP2 19 IP1
GR–R
GR–L

L–O

L–R

L–R
L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–Y
Door Unlock Detection SW

Door Unlock Detection SW


Door Lock Motor Rear RH

Door Lock Motor Rear LH


8 10 7 1 6 1 6
MPX2 BDR MPX1
L–R

L–B

F13
Rear RH

Front Passenger Door ECU

Rear LH
D16

D15
CPUB GND KEYE LSWP
9 2 3 16 4 9 4 9
2 IP2 7 IP2
W–R

W–B

W–B

L–R

L–B
Y

W–B

8 7 4 1
W–B

9 IP2 11 IP2

10 BB1 10 BA1

D14
Door Lock Motor Front RH
Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH
W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

W–R

W–B
Connector

A A
Junction

W–B W–B A J13


Junction
J12

Connector

IF BB BD BC ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


131
6

1
R–G R–G

W–B

132
1 C

IA2
DCTY
D8
Door Courtesy SW Front LH

1
R–G R–G
11 A

16 IO5
PCTY

D9
Door Courtesy SW Front RH

1
R–W R–W
12 A

IA2
RLCY

D10
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH

1
R–Y R–Y
14 A

7 IO5
RRCY

L5 D11
Luggage Compartment Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
Door Opener Motor
Body ECU

Luggage Compartment
Light SW
10

1
W–L W–L
12 C

M
IA2
B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

TR+

2
G G
6 C

1 IA2
LGCY
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

A
A
A
4
5
1
2

W–B W–B R L–Y


5 B

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


TKUL

A
J1 F10 L1

J4
Junction Luggage Compartment Luggage Compartment
Connector Door Opener SW Door Opener Main SW

Junction
8

Connector
G–R G–R G–R

W–B
W–B
8 2S

IE1
2
6
4

G–R
LP

8 2Q

I13

IA
Ignition Key
Cylinder Light
R
5 2Q
7. 5A
DOME

2
3

DOOR
1

12
R R W
70 3A
60 3A
5 2M

IE1

3
W–B W–B OFF

IE1
ON
From Power Source

I16
System (See Page 56)

Interior Light

cardiagn.com
System Outline
1. Manual Unlock Operation
When the door lock control SW of the driver’s or passenger’s side door is pushed to UNLOCK, the door lock will unlock.
2. Manual Lock Operation
When the door lock control SW of the driver’s or passenger’s side door is pushed to LOCK, the door lock will lock.
3. Door Key Unlock Operation
∗ Unlock operation from driver’s side door
When the driver’s side door is unlocked once using the ignition key, only the driver’s side door is unlocked. If this operation is
repeated within 3 seconds, all the other doors are unlocked.
∗ Unlock operation from front passenger’s side door
When the front passenger’s side door is unlocked using the ignition key, all the other doors are unlocked, too.

Service Hints
Body ECU
1, 2, 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
D17 Driver Door ECU
2–Ground : Always continuity
9, 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts

cardiagn.com
F13 Front Passenger Door ECU
2–Ground : Always continuity
9, 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A14 38 D14 40 J6 39
B4 A 38 D15 40 J8 A 39
B5 B 38 D16 40 J9 B 39
B6 C 38 D17 40 J12 40
C7 A 38 E4 36 J13 40
C8 B 38 F10 39 L1 39
D8 40 F13 40 L5 40
D9 40 I13 39 T1 37
D10 40 I16 40 T6 39
D11 40 J1 39 T9 39
D12 40 J4 39 U1 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


133
Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
1D 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1H
2B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2C
2E
2F 28 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B ((Lower Finish Panel))
2G
2H
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2L
2M
2P
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2Q
2R
2S
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)

cardiagn.com
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA2 44 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room No.2 Wire (Behind the Headlight LH)
IA2
46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1
No 1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IA3
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IF4
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF7
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IO4
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO5
IP1
48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ED 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IF 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


134
Wireless Door Lock Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)


* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC
1

30A 20A
PWR NO. 1 PWR NO. 2

1 2H 8 2B

W–R

GR–L

GR–L
W–R
L–W

L–O
10 IC1 9 IC1 12 IB1 18 IP1 10 IP2
GR–L

GR–L
W–R
L–W

L–O

cardiagn.com
10 9 8 8 10
BDR CPUB MPX2 MPX2 BDR

D17 F13
Driver Door ECU Front Passenger Door ECU

GND KEYE LSWD KL KUL MPX1 SIG GND KEYE LSWP MPX1 CPUB
2 3 16 4 14 7 20 2 3 16 7 9
GR–B
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B
B–R
L–Y
LG

Y
L

GR–R

W–R
Door Unlock Detection SW
Door Lock Motor Front RH

7 8 9 10 1 8 7 4
11 IC1 13 IB1 8 IC1 11 IP2 19 IP1 9 IP2
Front RH
GR–B

B–R

GR–R
D14

W–R

D12 4 1
Door Key Lock and Unlock
SW Front LH W–R
W–B
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–B

Door Lock Motor Front LH


Door Unlock Detection SW
Front LH
W–B

7 IP2 2 IP2
2 IC1 7 IC1 GR–R

B–R
L–R

L–B

GR–B

L–B

L–R
L–R
L–B

L–R

L–B

BA IF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


136
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

DOOR NO. 2
10A ECU–IG
10A ECU–B
1

25A
Warning SW
Unlock
W–B

U1
2
75 3A

L
W–R 55 3A 46 3B (*1)
26 3B (*2)

SB
8 2M 47 3B (*1)
27 3B (*2)

L
11 2K 6 2M 8 2R 12 2K 9 12 1 19 A 3
SIG GND B KSW BDR2

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

cardiagn.com
Body ECU
W–R

W–B

B–R
W

DRLP MPX2 MPX1 ACTD ACT+ ACT–


3 A 12 B 11 B 11 C 11 23
GR–R

GR–B
R–B

L–B
11 2H 5 2C 6 2C

4 B 11 IA3 L–R

L–R

L–B
56 3A
L–B
Combination Meter

J 8(A), J 9(B)
Door

Junction
C 7(A), C 8(B)

D A Connector E A

66 3A 86 3A

20 A
W–R

F B E B F B E B
W

L–R

L–B

L–B

W–R

GR–R L–R

B–R

GR–B

L–B

L–R

W–B

L–R

L–B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


137
Wireless Door Lock Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

T9
Turn Signal
25A Flasher Relay
DOOR1

EHW
8

5 1B

LG–B
L–W
A
J6
Junction
Connector
A

14 2G

LG–B
2 10 B
BDR1 HAZ

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

cardiagn.com
Body ECU

LSR BZR RDA PRG


19 6 B 8 B 9 B

L–W

G–R
GR 4 IO5 5 IO5
4 2S 12 2H 10 2H 16 2K
2
L–R

L–B

L–Y

V1
L–B

L–Y

Keyless Buzzer
On/Off SW

5 IO4 4 IO4 6 IO4

V2
K4
L–R

L–B

L–Y

G–R
L–W

Door Lock Control


9 BB1 8 BB1 3 BB1 9 BA1 8 BA1 3 BA1 2 3
L

RDA PRG
L–R

L–R
L–B

L–Y

L–B

L–Y
Door Unlock Detection SW

Door Unlock Detection SW


Door Lock Motor Rear RH

Door Lock Motor Rear LH

Receiver
D13
1 6 1 6 1 IF5 E +B
1 5
L–B
Rear RH

Rear LH

W–B

R
D16

D15

L–R
1
Keyless Buzzer

4 9 4 9
W–B

W–B

Buzzer

6 IO5
K1

10 BB1 10 BA1
2
R
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B W–B
J13
Junction
A A Connector
W–B

J12 A A W–B
Junction
Connector

BC EB BD BB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


138
6

R
1
R–G R–G

W–B
1 C

IA2
DCTY
D8
Door Courtesy SW Front LH

1
R–G R–G

11 A

16 IO5
PCTY
D9

1
Door Courtesy SW Front RH W–L

M
10 IA2

1
1

R–W R–W

12 A

IA2
2
G

RLCY
IA2

D10
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH
L5
Luggage Compartment

1
R–Y R–Y Door Opener Motor

14 A
Luggage Compartment

7 IO5
RRCY
Body ECU
Light SW
D11
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)

4
5
1
2

A
A
A
W–B W–B R L–Y

5 B

IB
G

TKUL
6 C

A
LGCY
J1 F10 L1

J4
Junction Luggage Compartment Luggage Compartment
Connector Door Opener SW Door Opener Main SW

Junction
Connector
W–L
12 C
TR+

24
BR BR

ID
11 2B
SGND

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


G–R G–R

8 2S

8 IE1

2
6
4

R G–R
LP

8 2Q

W–B
W–B
I13
Ignition Key
Cylinder Light
R

IA
5 2Q
7. 5A
DOME

2
DOOR

1
R R W
70 3A
60 3A
5 2M

3 IE1

3
W–B W–B OFF

12 IE1
ON

I16
Interior Light
R
40 3A
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

139
cardiagn.com
Wireless Door Lock Control
System Outline
Door lock control (Lock and unlock) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is performed by remote control, without the
ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves emitted by a transmitter.
1. Wireless Door Lock or Unlock Normal Operation
With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed,
when the lock or unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed, the door lock control receiver receives the electrical waves from the
transmitter, and sends a signal to the body ECU, causing it to operate.
As a result, the body ECU judges whether the door is locked or unlocked based on the signal from the door lock motor and
door unlock detection SW, and sends a signal to switch the condition from lock to unlock or vice versa, causing the door lock
motor to operate.
2. Visual Confirmation of Lock or Unlock
If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, turn signal light will flash once. If any door indicates that it is
open after the unlock command, turn signal light will flash twice.
3. Buzzer Sound Function
If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, the keyless buzzer goes on once. If any door indicates that
it is open after the unlock command, the keyless buzzer goes on twice.
4. Illuminated Entry Function
When the body ECU detects the unlock state after the unlock operation has been made, it turns on the lights, such as the
ignition key cylinder light and interior light for approx. 15 sec. If all the doors are locked during this operation, lighting is
cancelled and the lights immediately fade out.
5. Wireless Door Unlock Operation

cardiagn.com
Pushing the unlock button (Transmitter) once, driver’s door is unlocked. Furthermore, pushing the button again within 3
seconds, the other doors are unlocked.
6. Automatic Lock Operation
With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed,
after pushing the button (Transmitter) to unlock all the doors, if a door is not opened within 30 seconds, all the doors will be
automatically relocked.
7. Wireless Control Stop Function
If a door is open (Door courtesy SW on), a signal is input from the door courtesy SW to the body ECU stopping wireless door
lock or unlock.
If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the unlock warning SW inputs a signal to the body
ECU stopping wireless door lock or unlock.
8. Repeat Function
If the door lock or unlock condition does not change after wireless door lock or unlock operation, 2 seconds later, the body
ECU sends current again to the door lock motor.
9. Remote Panic Operation
Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once,
theft alarm and horn sounds and turn signal light, headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or the unlock button
(Transmitter) is pushed once more, sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will not function when ignition key is in ignition key
cylinder.

Service Hints
D8, D9, D10, D11 Door Courtesy SW Front LH, RH, Rear LH, RH
1–Ground : Continuity with the door open
U1 Unlock Warning SW
2–1 : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder
D13 Door Lock Control Receiver
5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
1–Ground : Always continuity

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


140
: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 D14 40 J8 A 39
B5 B 38 D15 40 J9 B 39
B6 C 38 D16 40 J12 40
C7 A 38 D17 40 J13 40
C8 B 38 F10 39 K1 37
D8 40 F13 40 K4 39
D9 40 I13 39 L1 39
D10 40 I16 40 L5 40
D11 40 J1 39 T9 39
D12 40 J4 39 U1 39
D13 40 J6 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2B
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2C
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

cardiagn.com
2H
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2M
2Q
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
2S
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2
46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1
No 1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IA3
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IF5 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IO4
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO5
IP1
48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


141
Wireless Door Lock Control
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IF 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


142
Power Window

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

30A 20A
PWR NO. 1 PWR NO. 2

1 2H 8 2B

W–R

D12
Door Key Lock GR
Unlock SW Front LH
GR

GR–L
W–R
L–W

L–O
GR

9 10 7
10 IC1 9 IC1 2 IB1 12 IB1 18 IP1 10 IP2 9 IP1
GR–L

GR–L
W–R
W–B
L–W

L–O
L–Y

GR

GR
L

cardiagn.com
10 4 14 3 9 6 8 8 10 6
BDR KL KUL KEYE CPUB WLSW MPX2 MPX2 BDR PCT

D17 F13
Driver Door ECU Front Passenger Door ECU

GND SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN MPX1 SIG GND SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN MPX1 CPUB
2 13 5 15 1 11 7 20 2 13 5 15 1 11 7 9

GR–R
GR–B
LG–B

LG–B

W–R
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B
B–O

B–O
B–R
G

G
R

3 2 6 4 5 1 6 3 4 5
11 IC1 E LMT PLS U D 13 IB1 8 IC1 11 IP2 E LMT PLS U D 19 IP2 9 IP2
GR–B
W–B

W–B
B–R

GR–R

W–R

P7 P8
Power Window Motor Power Window Motor
Front LH Front RH

GR–R

B–R

GR–B

BA IF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


144
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

PWR NO. 4

PWR NO. 3
20A

20A
2 2H 5 2B

L–W
W–R W–R

GR
P9 P10
Power Window Motor 9 IO4 Power Window Motor
GR Rear LH Rear RH

L–W
L–Y
E LMT PLS U D E LMT PLS U D
1 6 3 5 4 3 2 6 5 4
2 BA1 2 BB1
LG–B

LG–B
W–B

W–B
L–W
B–O

B–O
L–Y
G

G
R

cardiagn.com
5 3 4 6 1 12 12 5 3 4 6 1
SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN BDR BDR SGND LMT PLS MUP MDN

R15 R16
Rear Door LH ECU Rear Door RH ECU

PCT GND E MPX1 PCT GND MPX1


GR

GR

11 7 10 8 11 7 8
Junction Connector

GR–G
LG–R
W–B

W–B

W–B
B A B A
GR

GR
J 8(A), J 9(B)

7 BA1 6 BA1 7 BB1 6 BB1

B7
B B B B

GR–G
LG–R
GR

GR
W–B
GR

GR

5 IA3 10 BA1 10 IA3 11 IO4 10 BB1 10 IO4


LG–R
W–B

W–B
GR

GR

GR–G

LG–R

W–R W–R

GR–R GR–R

B–R B–R

GR–B GR–B

W–B
J13
Junction
A A Connector
J12 W–B A A
Junction
Connector

BC BB BD

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


145
Power Window

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A 25A


ECU–B ECU–IG DOOR NO. 2

W–R

11 2K 6 2M 8 2R 12 2K 12 1 9 3

cardiagn.com
GND B SIG BDR2
W–R

W–B

B–R

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


W

Body ECU

MPX4 MPX5 MPX2 MPX1 RDA PRG DCTY


1 B 5 C 12 B 11 B 8 B 9 B 1 C
56 3A
GR–G

GR–R

GR–B
LG–R

L–W

R–G
G–R
4 IO5 5 IO5 6 IA2
66 3A

R–G
W–R

G–R
L–W

Door Lock Control

2 3

Door Courtesy SW
RDA PRG 1
Receiver

Front LH
D13

E +B
D8

1 5

GR–G
W–B

LG–R

W–R

6 IO5
GR–R

B–R

GR–B R

W–B

W–B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


146
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

25A 7. 5A
DOOR1 DOME

5 1B 5 2Q 5 2M

L–W

W
R
14 2G

2 60 3A

cardiagn.com
BDR1

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU
70 3A 40 3A
PCTY RLCY RRCY BZR SGND LP
11 A 12 A 14 A 6 B 24 4
R–W
R–G

R–Y

GR

R
16 IO5 5 IA2 7 IO5 11 2B 8 2S 8 2Q
3 IE1
2
G–R

G–R
BR
R–W
R–G

R–Y

V1
Keyless Buzzer

8 IE1
R
On/Off SW

V2
K4

Cylinder Light

6 1
3
Ignition Key
G–R
Door Courtesy SW

Door Courtesy SW

Door Courtesy SW

1 1 1
I13

2
L

DOOR

Interior Light
Front RH

Rear RH
Rear LH

OFF
ON
D10

D11
D9

1 IF5
I16

2 3
L

1
W–B
Keyless Buzzer
Buzzer

K1

12 IE1
2

R
W–B

W–B
BR

W–B W–B

EB ID IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


147
Power Window
System Outline
1. Manual Down or Up Operation
When the power window master SW (Driver’s) is pushed one step, the motor rotates to open the window.
When the power window master SW (Driver’s) is pulled up one step, the motor rotates in the opposite direction, to close the
window.
All the other windows can be opened/closed as well, by the operation of the power window master SW or respective power
window SW.
2. Auto Down or Up Operation
When the power window master SW (Driver’s) is pushed two steps, the motor rotates to open the window automatically.
When the power window master SW (Driver’s) is pulled up two steps, the motor rotates to close the window automatically.
3. Jam Protection Function
When any foreign object gets caught during power window UP operation, the motor rotates in the opposite direction to open
the window.

Service Hints
Body ECU
1, 2, 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity
D17 Driver Door ECU
2–Ground : Always continuity

cardiagn.com
20–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
9, 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
F13 Front Passenger Door ECU
2–Ground : Always continuity
9, 10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 D17 40 K4 39
B5 B 38 F13 40 P7 41
B6 C 38 I13 39 P8 41
D8 40 I16 40 P9 41
D9 40 J8 A 39 P10 41
D10 40 J9 B 39 R15 41
D11 40 J12 40 R16 41
D12 40 J13 40
D13 40 K1 37

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2H
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2M
2Q
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
2S
34 (w/ VSC)
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


148
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2
46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1
No 1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IA3
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IF5 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IO4
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO5
IP1
48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP2
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

cardiagn.com
IF 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B7 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


149
Luggage Compartment Door Opener

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 25A 25A 7. 5A


ECU–B DOOR NO. 2 DOOR1 DOME

5 1B 13 2K

R
L–W
1

Diode
D3
14 2G
2

1 3 2

R–Y
B BDR2 BDR1

B 5(B), B 6(C) B14


Body ECU

SGND GND TKUL TR+ LGCY

R–Y

R–Y
24 12 5 B 12 C 6 C

Luggage Compartment

cardiagn.com
11 2B 8 2R W–L 1 2
L–Y

Noise Filter
Door Opener Main SW
Luggage Compartment

N4
W–B
BR

Light
10 IA2 1 IA2

L6
2
G

G
W–L
L1

1 B17
G
R

1 2
Luggage Compartment
Door Opener SW

5
M
Luggage Compartment
Luggage Compartment
Door Opener Motor
F10

Light SW

4
L5
W–B

Connector

A
Junction
J1

A
W–B
W–B
BR

A
W–B A J4
Junction
Connector

ID IA IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


150
Service Hints
L5 Luggage Compartment Light SW
2–Ground : Closed with the luggage compartment door open
B6 (C) Body ECU
1, 2, 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(C) 6–Ground : Continuity with luggage compartment door open
12, 24–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B5 B 38 J1 39 L6 40
B6 C 38 J4 39 N4 41
D3 40 L1 39
F10 39 L5 40

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

cardiagn.com
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B14 50 Floor No.1 Wire B17 50 Floor No.1 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


151
Garage Door Opener

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

7. 5A
DOME

5 2M

W
60 3A

70 3A

R
3 IE1
R

cardiagn.com
7
Overhead J/B
O2

6
W–B

12 IE1
W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


152
Service Hints
O2 Overhead J/B
7–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
6–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
O2 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2M 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
34 (w/ VSC)
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)

: Ground Points

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Ground Points Location
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


153
154
1
2
B–G B–G

1
1

3. 0W
120A ALT

FL MAIN

Battery
Light

C11
Control SW
B–G

Tail
OFF

Head

Combination SW
14
14
2
1

8 A
1 2E

TAIL
TRLY
J4
Junction
3
5

Connector
Taillight and Stop Light

16

A
W–B W–B

IB
B 4(A)
Body ECU
TAIL
Relay

P1
Parking Light LH

2
1
W–B W–B G G

I2
15 2G

EC
E4
F3
Front Side Marker
10A
TAIL

Light LH

2
1
W–B G

P2
Parking Light RH

2
1
W–B W–B G G

I2
3 2G

EB
E1
F4

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


Front Side Marker
Light RH

2
1
W–B G

L2
License Plate
Light LH

1
2
W–B G G
19 2K

B19
L3

G
License Plate
Light RH

1
2
W–B G

I1

B18
R19

G
Rear Side Marker
Light LH

1
2
W–B G

B15
G

W–B
W–B
cardiagn.com
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

15A 10A * 1 : w/ VSC 10A


STOP GAUGE1 * 2 : w/o VSC PANEL

13 2G 1 2M W 2 2M
W

W
40 A 19 A

Tail (Except USA)


57 3A 87 3A 58 3A

Rear Lights
Power
Stop Light SW

Combination Meter
Micro Computer
88 3A

C 7(A), C 8(B)
S13

97 3A
1
G–W

R–L

cardiagn.com
7 2G 16 B 21 A 1 A
GR

SB
W
15 2K
18 IA4 9 IA4
G–W

84 3B (* 1) 85 3A
R–L

GR

L4 64 3B (* 2)
Light Failure
7 Sensor 8 4
ST+ IG IL
74 3B (* 1)
54 3B (* 2) 55 3A

T+ T– GND T– ST–
BR

SB
3 5 11 9 2
G–W
W–B
G

G G G–W G–W
B15 B18 B15 B17 B13

B17
G

G–W

G–W

G–W

G–W
Rear Combination Light RH
G

G
Rear Combination Light LH
Rear Side Marker

High Mounted Stop Light

4 4 1
Rear Combination Light RH

Rear Combination Light RH

Noise Filter

2 2
Light RH

2 3 2 3
Tail

Tail
R20

N4
Stop

Stop
Tail

Tail

1 1
R11

R13

3 3
H15

SB
W–B

W–B

W–B

R12

R14

1 1
W–B

W–B

8 2M
BR

W–B
W–B

W–B

B18

W–B W–B W–B 8 2R


B20 B20 B20
A
W–B

W–B A J12
W–B

W–B

Junction
Connector
A
BE W–B BC ID IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


155
Taillight and Stop Light
System Outline
Taillight Disconnection Warning
If any of the taillights are disconnected when the light control SW is at TAIL or HEAD while the ignition SW is ON, the light
failure sensor detects the voltage difference, and blinks the rear lights warning light to warn the driver.
Stop Light Disconnection Warning
If any of the stop lights are disconnected when the brake pedal is depressed while the ignition SW is ON, the light failure
sensor detects the voltage difference, and blinks the rear lights warning light to warn the driver.

Service Hints
TAIL Relay
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
L4 Light Failuer Sensor
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW on
3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
11–Ground : Always continuity
S13 Stop Light SW
1–2 : Closed with brake pedal depressed

: Parts Location

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 J12 40 R12 41
C7 A 38 L2 40 R13 41
C8 B 38 L3 40 R14 41
C11 38 L4 40 R19 41
F3 36 N4 41 R20 41
F4 36 P1 37 S13 39
H15 40 P2 37
J4 39 R11 41

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2E
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


156
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BE 50 Lower Back Panel Center

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 B15
44 Engine Room Main Wire
E4 B17
I1 48 Floor No.1 Wire B18 50 Floor No.1 Wire
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire B19
B13 50 Floor No.1 Wire B20

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


157
Illumination

2 2M 58 3A

18 3A 38 3A 28 3A
10A
PANEL

G
J3
Junction
C Connector
C
3 2
C C

G
TAIL

G
Relay

5 1
4 IH1

G
1 2E 14
G

TRLY

Rear Sunshade Control SW

Remote Control Mirror SW


Body ECU

cardiagn.com
1
B 4(A)

A/C Control Assembly


Absorber Control SW
TAIL RE 8 3 6 5 ILL+
Hazard SW

8 A 18 A
B–G

H13

9 2 5 6 ILL–
14
A23

A14
R7

R8
W–G
W–G

W–G

W–G

W–G
1
R

3 IH1
2
120A ALT

W–G

W–G
E E E
E
14
1
OFF E J3 E
Control SW

1 Junction
Connector
W–G

W–G

Tail
Light
B–G

Head
13 3A 23 3A
C11 16
Combination SW

FL MAIN
3. 0W
W–B

Battery

A
J4
Junction
Connector

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


158
* 1 : w/ LEXUS Navigation System
* 2 : w/o LEXUS Navigation System

88 3A

17 3A 48 3A 68 3A 118 3A 98 3A 19 3A
G

G
G

G
7 II1 8 IH1
G

G
Radio and Player with Display

2 D (*1)

cardiagn.com
Console Box Illumination
2 A (*2) 2
Radio and Player

3 3 2 1
Glove Box Light SW
Cigarette Lighter

Clock

A/T Shift Lever


C6
Illumination

Illumination
R 6(D)

R 2(A)

1 2 1 2
12 D (*1)
C12
A20
C5

12 A (*2)
G3

1
W–G

W–B

9 II1 9 IH1
W–G

W–G

W–G
W–B
W–G

W–B

33 3A 43 3A 65 3A 115 3A 64 3A 14 3A

55 3A 85 3A 63 3A
W–G
SB

SB

8 2M W–G

SB

8 2R
W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


159
Illumination

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

W * 3 : w/ VSC
* 4 : w/o VSC

10A 10A
ECU–B GAUGE1

6 2M 1 2M

W
56 3A 57 3A

86 3A 87 3A
W

W
C 7(A), C 8(B)
19 A 20 A 40 A Combination Meter

cardiagn.com
Power

Illumination

Illumination

Illumination
Micro Computer

21 A 1 B 3 B 19 B 24 B 1 A
GR–B
W–G

W–G

SB
W

84 3B (*3) 3 1 4
64 3B (*4) T TC RV

74 3B (*3)
54 3B (*4)
R9
Rheostat
BR

W–G

SB
BR

ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


160
Service Hints
TAIL Relay
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position
C11 Combination SW
14–16 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A14 38 C8 B 38 R2 A 39
A20 38 C11 38 R6 D 39
A23 38 C12 38 R7 39
B4 A 38 G3 39 R8 39
C5 38 H13 39 R9 39
C6 38 J3 39
C7 A 38 J4 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

cardiagn.com
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2E 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IH1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.4 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


161
Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 15A
GAUGE1 HAZ

LG–B

1 2M 1 1B

B5 C B
Body ECU
W

W
J 6(A), J 7(B)
Junction
Connector
57 3A 8 IF7
HAZ A A A A
10

77 3A LG–B

LG–B
W

2 IH1
R–L

LG–B
1 4 8
IG +B EHW

cardiagn.com
Hazard SW
LL LR EL ER GND
3 2 T9 5 6 7

H13
Turn Signal
Flasher Relay
1
G–W

G–Y

W–B
G–B

G–Y

W–B
1 2R 2 2R 1 3

LH
Turn SW

5 IH1
Off

20 2K 2 2G 1 2N 2 2N 4 2G 8 2K
RH

C11 2
Combination SW
G–B

G–B

G–Y

G–Y
SB

SB

30 13
Turn LH

Turn RH

W–B

W–B

W–B
1 1 1 1
Signal Light RH

Signal Light RH
Signal Light LH

Signal Light LH
Front Turn

Front Turn
Rear Turn

Rear Turn

2 2 2 2
R22

R23
F5

F6
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

C7 1
Combination A A
Meter A
SB

A J1
Junction
85 3A Connector
SB

W–B

55 3A 8 2M

SB

W–B 8 2R
B20
A
W–B A J4
W–B

W–B

W–B

Junction
Connector

EC EB BE IA IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


162
Service Hints
T9 Turn Signal Flasher Relay
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
4–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
7–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B5 38 H13 39 R22 41
C7 38 J1 39 R23 41
C11 38 J4 39 T9 39
F5 36 J6 A 39
F6 36 J7 B 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M

cardiagn.com
2N 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF7 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IH1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.4 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BE 50 Lower Back Panel Center

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B20 50 Floor No.1 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


163
Back–Up Light

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A
GAUGE2

6 2B

R–L
3 IL2

R–L

A4
Back–Up
Light SW

cardiagn.com
R–B

2 IL2
R–B

5 2R

3 2K
R–B

B18
R–B

R–B

1 1
Rear Combination

Rear Combination
Back–Up

Back–Up
Light RH
Light LH
R11

R13

3 3
W–B

W–B

B18
W–B

A
J12
Junction
Connector

BC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


164
Service Hints
A4 Back–Up Light SW
3–2 : Closed with the shift lever at R position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 R11 41
J12 40 R13 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IL2 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)

: Ground Points

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Ground Points Location
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B18 50 Floor No.1 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


165
Fog Light

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

15A 15A
HEAD FOG
LH LWR

6 IF5
R

F A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector

D B

cardiagn.com
10 2C

1 5

FOG
Relay

2 3 7
SB
2O

4 2R 12 2G 10

Front Fog
G–R
R–Y

Combination Meter

C11
Combination SW 11
C7

Low
Dimmer SW

I2 1
High
SB

Flash
G–R

G–R
Fog SW

OFF
85 3A

ON

16 17 10
Front Fog Light RH

55 3A
Front Fog Light LH

1 1
GR
SB

2 2
F1

F2
W–B

8 2M
W–B

W–B

8 2R

A
W–B

J4
Junction
Connector

IB EC EB IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


166
Service Hints
FOG Relay
5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position, dimmer SW at LOW position and fog SW on

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C7 38 F2 36 J9 B 39
C11 38 J4 39
F1 36 J8 A 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
2O 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))

cardiagn.com
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF5 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


167
VSC

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

1 1

40A 40A
ABS ABS
NO. 2 NO. 3

2 2

5 1G 7 1E
W–L

A5
ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator
GR–R GR–R

Relay
2 2 2 2

1 5 5 1
ABS MTR Relay

ABS SOL Relay

2 3 3 2
+BM GND BS AST MT MR SM1+ SM1–
1 2 23 24 3 4 9 19
2 2 2 2

W–G
W–R

W–B

W–L

cardiagn.com
GR–L

W–R

W–L

GR

R–W

W–B

Y–G
L–R
1

7. 5A
ABS
NO. 4

2
14 A 23 D 3 A 2 A
2 MT MR SM1+ SM1–

S 5(A), S 6(B), S 7(C), S 8(D)


Skid Control ECU
R

AST R+ SR MRF GND3 GND4


6 A 1 D 10 D 24 D 15 A 22 A
GR–R

GR–L

W–B

W–B
GR
W–B

W–B
E1
W–B

W–B

W–B
W–B

EB EA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


168
A5
ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator

Pressure Sensor 1 Pressure Sensor 2

SM2+ SM2– PMC VCM E2 PMC2 VCM2 E3 SFLH SFLR SFRH SFRR SRLH SRLR SRRH SRRR
10 20 7 6 16 15 14 5 32 29 17 33 8 31 18 30

cardiagn.com
(Shielded)

(Shielded)

LG–B
W–R

W–R
B–W

R–G
W–L

G–Y
R–B
B–L

L–B
W

W
R

R
B

5 A 4 A 10 A 20 A 19 A 13 A 18 A 21 A 12 A 11 A 6 D 7 D 16 A 8 A 7 A 1 A 8 D 9 D
SM2+ SM2– PMC VCM E2 FSS PMC2 VCM2 E3 GSS SFLH SFLR SFRH SFRR SRLH SRLR SRRH SRRR

S 5(A), S 6(B), S 7(C), S 8(D)


Skid Control ECU

NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– YSS YD GYAW YAW GL2 VYS GL1 LBL– GND1 GND2
26 B 9 C 18 C 11 C 20 C 3 B 16 B 20 B 10 B 22 B 1 B 21 B 25 D 2 D 3 D
BR–W

G
B

(Shielded)

R–W

W–B

W–B
W
G

R
B

Y
L

22 IF4 7 IF4 8 IF4 9 IF4 10 IF4


BR–W

G
B

1
Brake Fluid Level

17 24 30 25 31 6 5 1 2 8 4
Warning SW

NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– YD GYAW YAW2 GL2 VYS GL1
B1

2
E6 Y1
Engine Control Module Yaw late Sensor
W–B

ED ED

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


169
VSC

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 15A 10A


ECU–B STOP GAUGE2

6 2P 13 2G 6 2B

R–L
A5 D2 2
ABS & BA & TRAC & VSC Actuator Data Link Connector 3

3 IL2

Stop Light SW

R–L
W–R
SIL TC TS

S13
3
7 13 14
A4
1 P A/T Indicator

LG–B
P–B

Light SW
W

G–W
1

G–W
72 3B 71 3B 7 2G
SRC1 SRC2 SRM1 SRM2

Connector
A D
28 27 34 26

Junction
19 IL1

cardiagn.com
62 3B 21 3B 4 2M

J3
A D

SB
W

W
W–R

4 2L 51 3A 110 3A B A
B–R

Y–R
B–Y

Y–B

Connector
LG–B

Junction
P–B

G–W

J 6(A)
21 IF4 B A
4 2P 61 3A
G–W 100 3A

G–W
W–R
W

31 D 5 D 4 D 21 D 28 B 19 C 10 C 22 D 3 C 9 B
SRC1 SRC2 SRM1 SRM2 D/G TC TS +BI STP P

S 5(A), S 6(B), S 7(C), S 8(D)


Skid Control ECU

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–


28 D 27 D 13 D 12 D 22 C 23 C 16 C 15 C
G
R

3 IA3 8 IA3 14 IO5 15 IO5


BR

W
Y

G
R

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

A6 A7 A36 A37
ABS Speed Sensor ABS Speed Sensor ABS Speed Sensor ABS Speed Sensor
Front LH Front RH Rear LH Rear RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


170
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : w/ Headlight Beam Level Control System


10A * 2 : w/ Electric Modulated Suspension System
ECU–IG

6 2L

W
68 3B 28 3B
Level Control ECU

29 3B 27 3B
Headlight Beam

B–R

B–R

B–R
H14

SPDR
26 S9
1 Steering Sensor
IG
GR–R

VSC Warning Buzzer


(*1)

2
Buzzer

cardiagn.com
B
J2 BAT SS1+ SS1– TRIG ESS
Junction
V11

Connector 1 9 3 11 10 2
B
GR–R

W–B
B–R

Y–R
P–B
(* 1)

13 C 5 C 7 C 24 C 18 B 27 B 6 B A
J1
FRO BZ IG1 +BO SS1+ SS1– TRIG Junction
Connector
A
S 5(A), S 6(B), S 7(C), S 8(D)
Skid Control ECU

PKB HARD CSW IND VSCW WT LBLO SP1 WA


21 C 25 B 7 B 6 C 14 C 4 C 8 C 2 C 1 C
R–W

R–W

W–B
R–B
L–O
R–L
(* 2)
GR

LG

LG

4
TRAC Off SW

7 2P

R–B
T7

18 IF2
11 2G L–O
1
W–B

R–W
R–W

(* 2)
GR

30 3B L

R–L
Parking Brake SW

1 10 70 3B LG
Control ECU

HARD
SB
Absorber
A21
P5

8 2L
W–B

8 2R A
J4
Junction
W–B

Connector

IA IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


171
VSC

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A
GAUGE1 IG2

1 2M 7 1C

B–O
W
57 3A 8 2G

87 3A 5 2O
W

W
C 7(A), C 8(B)
40 A Combination Meter 39 A

TRAC OFF
BRAKE

VSC
Power
ABS

Slip

cardiagn.com
Micro Computer

6 A 32 A 17 B 21 A 14 B 13 B 20 B
R–W

R–L

LG
W

86 3B 85 3B 84 3B

96 3B 75 3B 74 3B

R–B
BR

L–O

R–W

R–L

LG
BR

ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


172
System Outline
1. ABS Operation
If the brake pedal is depressed suddenly, the ABS controls the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinders for all the four
wheels to automatically avoid wheel locking and ensure the directional and steering stability of the vehicle. If the brake pedal
is depressed suddenly, the skid control ECU controls the solenoids in the actuators using the signals from the sensors to
move the brake fluid to the reservoir in order to release the braking pressure applied to the wheel cylinder. If the skid control
ECU detects that the fluid pressure in the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the ECU controls the solenoids in the actuators to
increase the braking pressure.
2. Traction Control Operation
The traction control system controls the engine torque, the hydraulic pressure of the driving wheel cylinders, slipping of the
wheels which may occur at start or acceleration of the vehicle, to ensure an optimal driving power and vehicle stability
corresponding to the road conditions.
3. VSC Operation
Unexpected road conditions, vehicle speed, emergency situation, and any other external factors may cause large under– or
over–steering of the vehicle. If this occurs, the VSC system automatically controls the engine power and wheel brakes to
reduce the under– or over–steering.
To reduce large over–steering :
If the VSC system determines that the over–steering is large, it activates the brakes for the outer turning wheels depending
on the degree of the over–steering to produce the moment toward the outside of the vehicle and reduce the over–steering.
To reduce large under–steering :
If the VSC system determines that the under–steering is large, it controls the engine power and activates the rear wheel
brakes to reduce the under–steering.
TRAC off SW

cardiagn.com
The traction control SW is used to stop the TRAC function. After the engine is started, the TRAC system is stopped (turned
off) and the TRAC OFF indicator light lights up. When the TRAC off SW is pressed again, the TRAC system enters the
stand–by mode. If the engine is stopped and restarted, the TRAC system enters the stand–by mode regardless of the
traction control SW.
VSC system cannot cut off by using TRAC off SW.
4. Mutual System Control
To efficiently operate the VSC system at its optimal level, the VSC system and other control systems are mutually controlled
while the VSC system is being operated.
Engine throttle control
The engine power does not interfere with the VSC brake control by controlling the opening of the throttle and reducing the
engine output.
Engine control and electronically controlled transmission control
The strong braking force does not interfere with the braking force control of the VSC system by turning off the accel. and
reducing changes in the driving torque at shift–down.
VSC system operation indication
The Slip indicator light flashes and the buzzer sounds intermittently to warn the driver that the current road is slippery, while
the VSC system is being operated.
5. Fail Safe Function
If an error occurs in the skid control ECU, sensor signals, and/or actuators, the skid control ECU inhibits the brake actuator
control and inputs the error signal to the engine control module. According to the error signal, the brake actuator turns off the
solenoid and the engine control module rejects any electronically controlled throttle open request from the VSC system. As a
result, the vehicle functions regardless of the ABS, TRAC, and VSC systems.

Service Hints
S5 (A), S7 (C), S8 (D) Skid Control ECU
(C) 7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(D)22–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 15, (A) 22, (D) 2, (D) 3–Ground : Always continuity

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


173
VSC
: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 D2 38 S6 B 39
A5 36 E6 38 S7 C 39
A6 36 H14 39 S8 D 39
A7 36 J1 39 S9 39
A21 38 J2 39 S13 39
A36 40 J3 39 T7 39
A37 40 J4 39 V11 39
B1 36 J6 A 39 Y1 39
C7 A 38 P5 39
C8 B 38 S5 A 39

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


2 23 ABS R/B (Behind the Headlight LH)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C

cardiagn.com
1E 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1G
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2L
2M
2O 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2P
2R
3A
34 (w/ VSC) Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
3B

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA3 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF2
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF4
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2
IO5 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EA
44 Right Fender
EB
ED 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 44 Engine Room Main Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


174
ABS

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

1 1

40A 40A 10A 15A


ABS ABS ECU–IG STOP
NO. 2 NO. 3
D2
Data Link Connector 3
2 2

5 1G 7 1E 21 2G 13 2G

W
TS SIL TC
2
14 7 13

P–B
W
52 3B 51 3B

Headlight Beam Level


Stop Light SW

Control ECU
S13
42 3B 41 3B
1
Y–R

H14
SPDR

W
L

G–W 26
4 2L 3 2L

LG–B
7 2G

GR–R
(* 1)

cardiagn.com
4 2P 18 2G

W
19 2G
G–W

P–B
7 IF7 21 IF4 3 IF8

GR–R
LG–B

(* 1)
W
23 1 25 10 15 14 16 20
+BM +BS IG1 STP TS D/G TC FRO

S1
Skid Control ECU with Actuator

FL– FL+ FR– FR+ RL+ RL– RR+ RR– PKB


8 9 30 31 11 12 33 34 18

R–W
P

23 2G

8 IF4 9 IF4
G
R

11 2G
BR

W
Y

R–W

13 ID1 3 ID1 14 IO5 15 IO5


Parking Brake SW

1
G
R

P5

2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2

A6 A7 A36 A37
ABS Speed Sensor ABS Speed Sensor ABS Speed Sensor ABS Speed Sensor
Front LH Front RH Rear LH Rear RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


176
* 1 : w/ Headlight Beam Level Control System From Power Source System (See Page 56)

C 7(A), C 8(B)
Combination Meter 10A 10A
GAUGE1 GAUGE2

BRAKE
Power

ABS
1 2M 6 2B

Micro Computer

R–L
W
6 A 32 A 17 B 21 A 10 B 37 A 36 A 40 A
R–Y
W

W
66 3B 65 3B 64 3A 90 3A 89 3B 87 3A
L–W

3 IL2

cardiagn.com
76 3B 55 3B 54 3A 110 3A 99 3B 57 3A
R–B

L–O

R–L
W
W

10 IF4 22 IF4 13 IF7 3

A/T Indicator
P
R–B

R–Y
L–O

12 IF7 19 IL1 18 IL1

Light SW
13 26 32 N

A4
G–W
L–W
BR

WA SP1 BRL 5 1
S1
Skid Control ECU

G–W
with Actuator

R
GND1 GND2 PN
2 24 5

L–W
W–B

W–B

W–B
E1 E1
W–B

W–B

BR

EA EB ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


177
ABS
System Outline
This system controls the respective brake fluid pressures acting on the disc brake cylinders of the right front wheel, left front
wheel and rear wheels when the brakes are applied in a panic stop so that the wheels do not lock. This results in improved
directional stability and steerability during panic braking.
1. Input Signals
(1) Speed sensor signal
The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS 9, 11, 31 and 33 of the skid control ECU with actuator.
(2) Stop light SW signal
A signal is input to TERMINAL 10 of the skid control ECU with actuator when the brake pedal is depressed.
2. System Operation
During sudden braking the skid control ECU with actuator has signals input from each sensor, which controls the current to
the solenoid inside the actuator and lets the hydraulic pressure acting on each wheel cylinder escape to the reservoir. The
pump inside the actuator is also operating at this time and it returns the brake fluid from the reservoir to the master cylinder,
thus preventing locking of the vehicle wheels.
If the skid control ECU with actuator judges that the hydraulic pressure acting on the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the current
on the solenoid is controlled and the hydraulic pressure is increased. Holding of the hydraulic pressure is also controlled by
the skid control ECU with actuator, by the same method as above. Pressure reduction, holding and increase are repeated to
maintain vehicle stability and to improve steerability during sudden braking.

Service Hints
A6, A7 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH, RH

cardiagn.com
2–1 : Approx. 2.3 kΩ
A36, A37 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH, RH
2–1 : Approx. 1.6 kΩ
S1 Skid Control ECU with Actuator
2, 24–Ground : Always continuity
25–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position
10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed
1, 23–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 A37 40 H14 39
A6 36 C7 A 38 P5 39
A7 36 C8 B 38 S1 37
A36 40 D2 38 S13 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1E
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1G
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2L
2M 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2P
3A
35 (w/o VSC) Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
3B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


178
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Side of Driver Side J/B)
IF4
IF7 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF8
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2
IO5 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EA
44 Right Fender
EB
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E1 44 Engine Room Main Wire

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


179
Cruise Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

20A 10A 10A 15A


EFI ETCS IG2 STOP

2 1B 7 1C 13 2G
1 5
EFI Relay

B–O
L–R
2 3

SB

B–O
12 IF4

W
3 1B 5 1C 4 1C 9 1B

3 2
W–B
B–W

4 2M 51 3A

B–O
B–R

W
5 2G 4 1H 8 2G 5 2O 5 2P
7 2G 91 3A

Stop Light SW
B–Y

G–W
S13
17 2G 9 1K 20 2G

cardiagn.com
4 1
B–R

L–R

G–W 7 IK1

R–B
I2
7 IF5 1 IL2 5 IF5

G–W
B–W

B–O
B–R

B–R

R–B
B–Y

L–R

8 A 1 A 2 A 2 B 6 B 9 A 12 B 19 B
MREL +B +B1 BATT +BM IGSW ST1– STP

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

E01 E02 ME01 E04 E05 NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC– VTA1 VTA2 VC
7 E 6 E 4 C 7 D 6 D 17 A 24 A 30 A 25 A 31 A 21 E 31 E 18 E
BR–W
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–R
LG
W

G
B

Y
L

2 3 1
22 IF4 7 IF4 8 IF4 9 IF4 10 IF4 VTA VTA2 VC
Throttle Position Sensor
BR–W

G
B

I6
E2
T3

4
26 B 9 C 18 C 11 C 20 C
NEO ENG+ ENG– TRC+ TRC–
BR

BR

S 6(B), S 7(C)
Skid Control ECU
W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

ED EE

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


180
* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC

D2
Data Link
Connector 3

W
TC
13

P–B
W–L
T2
A25 Throttle
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor 71 3B (* 1) Control Motor Y–B
51 3B (* 2)

91 3B (* 1)
71 3B (* 2)
VCP1 VPA1 EP1 VCP2 VPA2 EP2

cardiagn.com
6 5 3 4 2 1 2 1

P–B

(Shielded)
17 IF4 2 IK1

W
B
LG–B

W–R

W–L
B–R

P–B

Y–B
L–Y

LG
R

26 A 22 A 28 A 27 A 23 A 29 A 11 A 17 C 3 C 2 C 10 B 23 B
VCPA VPA EPA VCP2 VPA2 EPA2 TC GED1 M+ M– D 4

E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)


Engine Control Module

E2 THO SLT+ SLT– SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– SL3+ SL3– DSL S4 SR
28 E 30 E 17 E 16 E 19 D 18 D 17 D 16 D 15 D 14 D 11 D 13 D 12 D
BR

BR
B–W

G–R
G–B
Y–R

R–B
Y–B

L–R
L–Y

GR
G

I6
L
BR–W

4 A 1 A 1 B 5 B 4 B 8 B 3 B 7 B 2 B 6 B 2 A 3 A 6 A
E2 OT SLT+ SLT– SL1+ SL1– SL2+ SL2– SL3+ SL3– DSL S4 SR
W–BR

W–B
W–L
GR

BR
W
O

R
B

Y
L

BR

E 1(A), E 2(B)
Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


181
Cruise Control

* 1 : w/ VSC From Power Source System (See Page 56)


* 2 : w/o VSC

GAUGE2

GAUGE1
10A

10A
W

6 2B 1 2M

R–L

W
3 IL2

R–L
W–L

A/T Indicator Light SW


Y–B 3

Y–B

A4
127 3B (* 1) 7
107 3B (* 2)

W–L

cardiagn.com
21 IL1
97 3B (* 1)
77 3B (* 2)
6 IK1
V–W

W–L
2

W
CCS
V–W

92 3A 94 3A 104 3A 57 3A
W

CRUISE

17 B 24 B
SPD CCS
RES/ACC
E 6(A), E 7(B), E 8(C), E 9(D), E10(E)
Engine Control Module 82 3A 114 3A 87 3A

E03 E1 PI EOM HP SET/COAST


W–L
Y–B
W

7 C 1 C 13 B 15 A 1 B
Combination SW

2 1
CANCEL

W
Transmission

MT4 NSSD
Control SW
W–B

P–L
BR

BR

BR

C10

ECC
Junction Connector

T8

4 IF4 3
A 33 39 40
Speedometer
BR

BR
J11

CRUISE

A A

122 3B 98 3B 129 3B 128 3B (* 1)


102 3B 78 3B 109 3B 108 3B (* 2)

Micro Computer Power

102 3B 118 3B (* 1)
82 3B 98 3B (* 2) 25 21 C7
Combination Meter
W

W
W

84 3B (* 1)
W–B

64 3B (* 2)
BR

BR

BR

16 IL1 74 3B (* 1)
54 3B (* 2)
EF ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


182
System Outline
The cruise control system is a constant vehicle speed controller in which control of the switch on the instrument panel makes
it possible to automatically adjust the opening of the engine throttle valve without depressing of the accel pedal.
1. Set Operation
When the cruise control main SW is turned on, the system starts preparations necessary for the cruise control and turns on
the indicator light in the combination meter.
2. Set Speed Control
When the SET/COAST SW is operated with the cruise control main SW turned on during travelling, the constant vehicle
speed is controlled.
3. Coast Control
When the SET/COAST SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle
valve to decelerate the vehicle. Every time the SET/COAST SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is
decelerated approximately 1.5 km/h.
4. Accel Control
When the RES/ACC SW is kept turned on during cruise control travelling, the engine control module controls the throttle
valve to accelerate the vehicle. Every time the RES/ACC SW is turned on instantaneously, the vehicle speed is accelerated
approximately 1.5 km/h.
5. Resume Control
When the vehicle speed is within the low speed limit (Approximately 40 km/h, 25 mph) if the cruise control is cancelled, use
of the RES/ACC SW accelerates the vehicle to the speed level used before canceling the cruise control.

cardiagn.com
6. Manual Cancel Mechanism
If any of the following signals is input during cruise control travelling, the cruise control is cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW is turned on.
∗ The CANCEL SW is turned on.
∗ The cruise control main SW is turned off.
7. Auto Cancel Function
If any of the following conditions is encountered, the cruise control is automatically cancelled.
∗ The stop light SW wiring is faulty or short–circuited.
∗ The vehicle speed signal is faulty.
∗ The electronically controlled throttle malfunctions.
8. Overdrive Control Function
The overdrive control may be cancelled if the vehicle travels on the slope during cruise control travelling. After the overdrive
control has been cancelled, if the vehicle speed exceeds the overdrive return speed (The set speed is minus 2 km/h, minus
1.2 mph) and it is decided that the slope is finished, the vehicle returns to the overdrive control mode again.

Service Hints
E6 (A), E7 (B), E8 (C), E9 (D), E10 (E) Engine Control Module
(A) 9–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(B) 2–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(C)1, (C) 4, (C) 7, (D) 6, (D) 7, (E) 6, (E) 7–Ground : Always continuity
(B)19–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with stop light SW at on
(B)24–Ground : Continuity with cruise control main SW at on
Approx. 1540 Ω with CANSEL SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW on in cruise control SW
Approx. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on in cruise control SW
C10 Combination SW
2–3 : Approx. 1540 Ω with CANSEL SW on
Approx. 240 Ω with RES/ACC SW on
Approx. 630 Ω with SET/COAST SW on

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


183
Cruise Control
: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 E6 A 38 S7 C 39
A25 38 E7 B 38 S13 39
C7 38 E8 C 38 T2 37
C10 38 E9 D 38 T3 37
D2 38 E10 E 38 T8 39
E1 A 36 J11 39
E2 B 36 S6 B 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1B
1C 25 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Engine
g Room J/B (Engine
( g Compartment Left))
1H
1K 25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
2O 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))

cardiagn.com
2P
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF4
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF5
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ED 44 Left Fender
EE 44 Left Side of Cylinder Head
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire I6 48 Engine Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


184
SRS
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary
instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year.

 Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information
when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery.

 Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the
negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.
(The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from
disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.)

 When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be
canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work is
finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has power tilt and power
telescopic steering, power seat and power outside rear view mirror which are all equipped with memory function.
However, it is not possible to make a record of the memory contents. So when the work is finished, it will be necessary
to explain this fact tot the customer, and ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory. To avoid erasing
the memory in each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle.

 Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs.

 Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag
assembly, seat belt pretensioner, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames.

 Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag

cardiagn.com
assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, airbag sensor assembly and
side airbag sensor assembly should be inspected.

 Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts.

 Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain
shield airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly in order to reuse
it.

 If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, curtain shield airbag assembly, seat
belt pretensioner, airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are cracks,
dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones.

 Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits.

 Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices.

 After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check.

 If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair
Manual.

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


185
SRS

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A
ECU–IG IG2

10 2D 7 1C
D2
Data Link Connector 3
B–O
B–R

SIL TC
7 13

P–B
W
P11 P12
Pretensioner LH Pretensioner RH
72 3B 71 3B (*1)
52 3B 51 3B (*2)

1 2 1 2
62 3B 61 3B (*1)
Body ECU 42 3B 41 3B (*2)
B–O

cardiagn.com
8 2G GSW 4 2L 3 2L

Y–B

Y–B
21

Y
9 2D 2 2D 7 2D 5 2D
B–O
B–R

P–B
W
L

6 B 5 B 4 B 12 B 19 B 8 A 7 A 9 C 10 C
IG1 IG2 GSW SIL TC PL+ PL– PR+ PR–

A30(A), A31(B), A32(C)


Airbag Sensor Assembly
E1 D– D+ D2+ D2– P+ P– P2+ P2– +SL –SL +SR –SR
27 B 13 B 14 B 16 B 17 B 10 B 11 B 8 B 7 B 15 B 26 B 9 B 20 B

BR–W
W–R

B–W
BR
Y–GR
W–B

Y–O

Y–G
Y–R
Y–B

Y–V

Y–P
Y

1 IF1 3 IF1 2 IF1 4 IF1


BR–W
W–R

B–W
BR

2 1 4 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1
D– D+ D2+ D2– P+ P– P2+ P2–

A35 A33 A34 A12 A13


Airbag Squib Airbag Squib Airbag Squib Airbag Sensor Airbag Sensor
(Steering Wheel Pad) (Front Passenger (Front Passenger Front LH Front RH
Airbag Assembly Airbag Assembly
3 2D No. 1) No. 2)

8 2R
W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


186
* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC

C15 C17 S16 S17 S22 S23


Curtain Shielded Curtain Shield Side Airbag Side Airbag Side Airbag Side Airbag
Airbag Sensor RH Airbag Squib RH Sensor LH Squib RH Squib LH Squib RH

CSR+ CSR– VUCR ESCR VUPL ESL VUPR ESR


3 2 4 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2

cardiagn.com
GR–R

GR–L

GR–L
LG–B
P–G

Y–G

Y–G
Y–R

Y–R
P–L

GR
O
V

18 C 12 C 19 C 20 C 8 C 7 C 16 A 18 A 17 C 15 C 12 A 11 A 5 C 6 C
CSR+ CSR– VUCR ESCR ICR+ ICR– VUPL ESL VUPR ESR SFL+ SFL– SFR+ SFR–

A30(A), A31(B), A32(C)


Airbag Sensor Assembly
E2 CSL+ CSL– VUCL ESCL ICL+ ICL– LSP+ LSP– LBE+ RBE+ PBEW LA
28 B 15 A 5 A 14 A 13 A 9 A 10 A 2 A 1 A 19 A 14 C 2 B 3 B
GR–B

LG–B
L–B
BR

G–W

G–Y

G–Y
L–R

B–Y
BR

O
P

2 5 4
B–G
Y

3 2 4 1 1 2
Airbag Sensor
Seat Position

CSL+ CSL– VUCL ESCL B–Y

G–Y

C14 C16 G–Y


Curtain Shielded Curtain Shield
Airbag Sensor LH Airbag Squib LH
B

B7 1
Buckle SW LH
W–B
BR

ID BA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


187
SRS

From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 1 : w/ VSC


* 2 : w/o VSC

10A 10A
GAUGE1 HTR

1 2M 7 2M
W

W
57 3A 59 3A

87 3A 29 3A

L–B
W

12 B
C7 IG
Combination Meter A14(A), A15(B)
A/C Control
Assembly
PBEW
16 A
Power

cardiagn.com
SRS

L–Y
Micro Computer
B
J5
Junction
Connector
B
L–Y

1 IO4
40 12 5 21
G–Y
L–Y
W

2 4
B–R
Y

3 2O 5 2N 84 3B (*1)
64 3B (*2)
Occupant
Detection
Sensor
Buckle SW RH

1 2D 14 2K
74 3B (*1)
54 3B (*2)
G–Y

B8

B
L

4 IA4
BR

5 1
B–Y
W–B
G–Y

G–Y
A
G–Y G–Y A A G–Y

J14
Junction
Connector
W–B
BR

ID BB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


188
System Outline
The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts.
When the ignition SW is turned to ON, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL (B) 6 of the airbag sensor
assembly, and from the IG2 fuse to TERMINAL (B) 5 of the airbag sensor assembly.
If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, the current from the ECU–IG or IG2 fuse
flows to TERMINALS (B) 14, (B) 16, (B) 10, (B) 8, (A) 12, (C) 5, (A) 9, (C) 8, (A) 8 and (C) 9 of the airbag sensor assembly to
the airbag squibs and the pretensioners to TERMINALS (B) 13, (B) 17, (B) 11, (B) 7, (A) 11, (C) 6, (A) 10, (C) 7, (A) 7 and (C)
10 of the airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the
airbag squibs and the pretensioners and causes them to operate.
When the side impact also exceeds a set level, the current from the ECU–IG or IG2 fuse flows to TERMINALS (A) 12, (C) 5,
(A) 9 and (C) 8 of the airbag sensor assembly to the side airbag squibs and the curtain shield airbag squibs TERMINALS (A)
11, (C) 6, (A) 10 and (C) 7 of the airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND,
causing side airbag squibs and curtain shield airbag squibs to operate.
The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver.
The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the front
passenger.
Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger.
The curtain shield airbag can ease an impact on the head of the front and rear passengers and reduce risks of injury.
The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability.

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A12 36 A35 38 J5 39

cardiagn.com
A13 36 B7 42 J14 40
A14 A 38 B8 42 P11 41
A15 B 38 C7 38 P12 41
A30 A 38 C14 40 S16 41
A31 B 38 C15 40 S17 41
A32 C 38 C16 40 S22 42
A33 38 C17 40 S23 42
A34 38 D2 38

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2D 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2L
2M
2N 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2O
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF1 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IO4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


189
SRS
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


190
Electric Modulated Suspension

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : w/ Headlight Beam Level Control System

10A 15A
FAN STOP
RLY

9 2F 13 2G A24 A40
Acceleration Control Acceleration Control
Sensor Front LH Sensor Rear RH
W

Skid Control ECU


2

GL1 VGS GGND GL1 VGS GGND HARD

S6
3 1 2 1 3 2 25
Stop Light SW

GR–B
LG–R
P–L
B–R

S13

1
3 IO5 1 IO5 2 IO5

B–R
V–Y

GR
G–W

GR–B
LG–R
P–L
7 2G

cardiagn.com
19 2G 3 IF4 2 IF4 5 IF4 16 IF2 14 IF2 15 IF2 18 IF2

GR–B
LG–R
G–W

B–R
V–Y

P–L

GR
O

1 B 2 B 4 B 5 B 3 B 16 B 18 B 17 B 10 A
+B STP SGFL SBL SGL SGRR SBR SGR HARD

A21(A), A22(B)
Absorber Control ECU

SW1 SW2 SS2+ SS2– GND MOD2 FAL+ FAL– FBL+ FBL–
21 B 20 B 9 A 8 A 14 B 23 B 3 A 1 A 2 A 7 A
G
R
Y

5 IF2 4 IF2 7 IF2 6 IF2


W–B

W–B

W–B

L–W
L–Y

L–B
G
R
Y

1 4 2 4 12
ECU1 ECU2 GND SS2+ SS2–
W–B

Steering Sensor

2 3 4 5
20 3B
ESS
S9

A23 2
Absorber Control SW
W–B

70 3B
1 A8
SB

A Absorber Control
J1 Actuator Front LH
Junction
W–B

8 2L Connector
A
W–B

E4

8 2R
A
W–B A J4
W–B

W–B

Junction
Connector

IA IB ED

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


192
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

C7
Combination Meter

10A

Tachometer
GAUGE1
Power

1 2M
Micro Computer
D2
Data Link Connector 3
Level Control ECU
Headlight Beam

40 31 21

Engine Control

W
Module
SPDR SIL TC TEM TS TACH
H14

E6
26 7 13 3 14 5 87 3A 89 3B 84 3B

LG–B
P–B
GR–R

W
(*1)

72 3B 71 3B 57 3A 99 3B 74 3B
B A

B–O
J2 J3

BR
P

Junction Junction
Connector Connector
B 12 3B 11 3B A
16 IF4
GR–R

LG–B

B–O
P–B
(*1)

B–O

cardiagn.com
17 IF2 13 IF2 2 IF2 1 IF2 3 IF2
I2
GR–R

LG–B
P–B
(*1)

B–O
25 B 22 B 6 B 15 B 19 B 11 A
FRO SIL TC TEM TS TACH

A21(A), A22(B)
Absorber Control ECU

FAR+ FAR– FBR+ FBR– RAL+ RAL– RBL+ RBL– RAR+ RAR– RBR+ RBR–
12 A 5 A 6 A 4 A 10 B 8 B 9 B 7 B 26 B 12 B 13 B 11 B
R–W

R–Y
L–R

R
R–W

R–Y
L–R

9 IF2 11 IF2 10 IF2 12 IF2


R–W

R–Y
L–R

R
L–W
L–Y

L–B
L

5 ID1 6 ID1 15 ID1 16 ID1 10 IO5 12 IO5 11 IO5 13 IO5


R–W

R–W
R–Y

R–Y
L–R

L–R
R

2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5

1 A9 1 A38 1 A39
Absorber Control Absorber Control Absorber Control
Actuator Front RH Actuator Rear LH Actuator Rear RH
W–B

W–B

W–B

A A
BR

W–B A J12 W–B A J13


Junction Junction
Connector Connector

EB BA BC BB BD ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


193
Electric Modulated Suspension
System Outline
Electric modulated suspension system is the damping force control system using several signals which restrains the vehicle
movement (Such as rolling, diving, and squad) by a driver’s operation together with restraining and absorbing the vehicle
movement change and vibration against the unevenness of the road.

(1) Steering sensor signal


To input the rotation angle of the steering wheel into the TERMINALS SS2+ and SS2– of the absorber control ECU.
(2) Speed sensor signal
To detect the vehicle speed at ABS speed sensor front RH, rear RH, and input to the TERMINAL FRO of the absorber
control ECU from skid control ECU.
(3) Stop light SW signal
To detect the signal of the brake in operation and input it into the TERMINAL STP of the absorber control ECU.
(4) Engine rotation signal
To detect the engine speed and input it into the TERMINAL TACH of the absorber control ECU.
(5) Absorber control SW signal
To detect the switch condition and input it into the TERMINALS SW1 and SW2 of the absorber control ECU.

Service Hints
A22 (B) Absorber Control ECU
(B) 1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(B) 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with brake pedal depressed

cardiagn.com
(B) 14, (B) 23–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A8 36 A40 40 J4 39
A9 36 C7 38 J12 40
A21 A 38 D2 38 J13 40
A22 B 38 E6 38 S6 39
A23 38 H14 39 S9 39
A24 38 J1 39 S13 39
A38 40 J2 39
A39 40 J3 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2F
28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G
2L
2M 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2R
3A
34 (w/ VSC) Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
3B

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
ID1 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Side of Driver Side J/B)
IF2
46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IF4
IO5 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


194
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
ED 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E4 44 Engine Room Main Wire I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


195
Headlight Beam Level Control

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A
GAUGE2

7 2B

I2
R–L

R–L
H1 H2
Headlight Beam Level Headlight Beam Level
5 Control Actuator LH 5 Control Actuator RH
R–L

4 1 6
GR–B 3 4 1 6 3
LG–R

L–W

G–R
W–L
B–R

P–B
R–L

V
1 IF4 7 IF8 8 IF8 9 IF8 10 IF8 1 IF8 4 IF8 5 IF8 6 IF8
Connector

cardiagn.com
Junction

E R–L
J10

GR–B
LG–R

L–W

G–R
W–L
B–R

P–B
E

V
R–L

1 3 2 5 14 16 15 4 13
IG LH1 LH2 LH3 LH4 RH1 RH2 RH3 RH4

H14
Headlight Beam Level Control ECU

SBR SHR SGR GND SPDR


21 23 19 12 26
GR–R
(* 1)
Connector

B
G–W
B–L

Junction
L

B
W–B

GR–R
J2

(* 2)
B
GR–R
(* 3)

8 IO5 17 IO5 18 IO5


GR–R
(* 1)

17 IF2 3 IF8
G–W
B–L

GR–R

GR–R
(* 3)

(* 2)
Skid Control ECU

Skid Control ECU

1 2 3 13 25 20
with Actuator
Control ECU

SHB SHRR SHG FRO FRO FRO


Absorber
A22
Connector

A
S7

S1
Junction
J1

H16 A
Height Control Sensor
W–B

A
J4
Junction
Connector

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


196
From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC
* 3 : w/ Electric Modulated Suspension System
1

40A 10A
MAIN IG2

7 1C
2 3

B–O
HEAD
Relay
8 2G
D2 1 5
Data Link
Connector 3
11 1H 5 2O
W

A/C
R–B

8
39 A

A32
Airbag Sensor
Beam Level

11 IF8 Assembly
Headlight
Combination Meter

cardiagn.com
G

C 7(A), C 8(B)
R–B

RBE+
8 B 14

8 10

G–Y
PRST HDLP
LG

H14
Connector

A
Headlight Beam
Junction

Level Control ECU A G–Y


J14

SS1 SS2 WNG


A
6 7 11
L–Y

GR–R
G–Y
LG
Connector

B L–Y
Junction

GR–R
J5

2 6 4
B
B–G

B–R
Y
L–Y

1 IO4 9 IO5
Buckle SW RH

Occupant
Detection
Sensor
GR–R
L–Y

B8

B
L

5 1
W–B
G–Y

W–B

BB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


197
Headlight Beam Level Control
Service Hints
H14 Headlight Beam Level Control ECU
10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A22 38 H2 36 J5 39
B8 42 H14 39 J10 39
C7 A 38 H16 40 S1 37
C8 B 38 J1 39 S7 39
D2 38 J2 39
H1 36 J4 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1H
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

cardiagn.com
2O 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF2
IF4 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF8
IO4
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO5

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I2 48 Engine Room Main Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


198
Seat Belt Warning

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : w/ VSC
10A 10A 10A * 2 : w/o VSC 10A
IG2 ECU–IG GAUGE1 HTR

C7
Combination Meter
7 1C 10 2D 1 2M 7 2M

W
Buzzer Power Seat
Belt
B–O

Micro Computer

W
8 2G

40 5 21

W
9 2D
B–R

87 3A 5 2N 84 3B (*1) 59 3A
64 3B (*2)

cardiagn.com
57 3A 14 2K
74 3B (*1)
G–Y
W

54 3B (*2)
B–O

29 3A

4 IA4

L–B
BR
G–Y

5 B 6 B 2 B 12 B

A14(A), A15(B)
IG2 IG1 PBEW IG

A/C Control
Assembly
A29(A), A30(B), A31(C)
Airbag Sensor Assembly PBEW
16 A
E1 LSP+ LSP– LBE+ RBE+ E2
27 B 2 A 1 A 19 A 14 C 28 B
G–Y

A L–Y
BR
GR–B

LG–B
W–B

J14
L–B

A
Junction
Connector
B
A J5
2 5 4
Junction
G–Y

G–Y

Connector
B–G
Y

B
4 5
B–R

L–Y
L
Airbag Sensor
Seat Position

1 IO4
Occupant
Detection
Sensor

3 2D
L–Y
BR
Buckle SW RH
Buckle SW LH

Y
B7

B8

8 2R
1 1 2
L–Y
W–B

W–B

W–B

BR

IA BA BB ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


200
System Outline
When the driver has not fastened the seat belt while the ignition SW is ON, the driver seat belt warning light blinks, and a
warning buzzer comes on.
Also, in the front passenger seat, a sensor recognizes passenger, and when the passenger has not fastened the seat belt,
the front passenger seat belt warning light blinks.

Service Hints
B7 Buckle SW LH
4–1 : Closed with driver’s seat belt in use
B8 Buckle SW RH
2–1 : Closed with front passenger’s seat belt in use

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A14 A 38 A31 C 38 J5 39
A15 B 38 B7 42 J14 40
A29 A 38 B8 42
A30 B 38 C7 38

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2D 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
2N 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


201
Horn

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A
HORN

1 5

HORN
Relay

2 3

3 1D 1 1H
G–B

22 2G
G–W

cardiagn.com
6 2Q
G–B

G–W
Combination SW

1 1 1
H12 H11
Horn Horn
Horn

(Low) (High)
C10

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


202
Service Hints
HORN Relay
5–3 : Closed with the horn SW on

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C10 38 H11 36 H12 36

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1D
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1H
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2Q 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


203
Cigarette Lighter and Power Outlet

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

15A 15A
POWER CIG
POINT

9 2A 6 2A

cardiagn.com
1
2
P6 C5
Power Cigarette
Outlet Lighter
4
2
W–B

W–B

A
J4
Junction
Connector

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


204
Service Hints
C5 Cigarette Lighter
2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
4–Ground : Always continuity
P6 Power Outlet
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
2–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C5 38 J4 39 P6 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


205
Clock

From Power Source System (See Page 56)


* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC

5A 7. 5A 10A
ECU–ACC DOME PANEL

1 2L 5 2M 2 2M

W
67 3B (* 1)
47 3B (* 2) 60 3A 58 3A

57 3B (* 1) 69 3A 68 3A
37 3B (* 2)
GR

G
R

7 IH1 10 IH1 8 IH1

cardiagn.com
GR

G
R

1 3

C6
Clock

4 2
W–B
GR

9 IH1
W–B

65 3A

55 3A
SB

8 2M

8 2R
W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


206
Service Hints
C6 Clock
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts (Power for clock)
4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position (Power for indication)
2–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C6 38

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2L
2M 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

cardiagn.com
: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IH1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.4 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


207
Shift Lock

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 15A
GAUGE1 STOP

1 2M 13 2G

W
2

Stop Light SW
S13
W

G–W
7 2G

cardiagn.com
4 2M
SB

57 3A 51 3A

117 3A 111 3A
G–W
R–L

5 3
IG STP

S4
Shift Lock
Control ECU

E SLS+ SLS–
1
W–B

Shift Lock
Solenoid

116 3A

55 3A
SB

8 2M

8 2R
W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


208
System Outline
Shift Lock Mechanism
If the brake pedal is depressed with the ignition SW set at ON (The stop light SW is on), the shift lock control ECU is
activated, allowing the driver to change the shift lever to a position other than the P position.

Service Hints
S4 Shift Lock Control ECU
5–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
1–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
S4 39 S13 39

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
34 (w/ VSC)

cardiagn.com
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


209
Automatic Glare–Resistant EC Mirror and Compass

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

* 1 : w/ Moon Roof
10A * 2 : w/o Moon Roof
GAUGE2 * 3 : w/ Driving Position Memory
* 4 : w/o Driving Position Memory

7 2B

O2
Overhead J/B
R–L

E
J10
Junction IG IG1 GND5 GND
Connector
E 9 10 3 4
R–L

W–B

W–B
R–L

R–L
(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)

(* 1)
11 IE1

R–L
(* 1)

cardiagn.com
R–L
(* 2)

R–L
(* 1)
7

4 3 I15 6
Inner Mirror and Compass
LG–B

GR

7 IE1 2 IE1
LG–B

W–B
(* 2)
GR
Junction Connector

A C
C
B3
A
J5

A C
LG–B

LG–B

W–B
GR

GR

14 IB1 4 IB1 17 IP1 7 IP1 12 IE1


LG–B

LG–B
GR

GR

4 A 10 A 4 A 10 A (*3)
1 B 2 B 1 B 2 B (*4)
W–B

EC+ EC– EC+ EC–

M 3(A), (B) M 4(A), (B)


Remote Control Remote Control
Mirror LH Mirror RH
IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


210
Service Hints
I15 Inner Mirror and Compass
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
6–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
I15 40 A 41 M4 B 41
M3
J5 39 B 41 O2 41
J10 39 M4 A 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)

cardiagn.com
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B3 50 Roof Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


211
Fuel Lid Opener

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

5A
FUEL
OPEN

3 2B

G–B
3

F10
Fuel Lid
Opener SW

2
R–W

cardiagn.com
6 IA4
R–W

F14
Fuel Lid
Opener
Solenoid
1
W–B

BE

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


212
Service Hints
F10 Fuel Lid Opener SW
3–2 : Closed with fuel lid opener SW on

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
F10 39 F14 40

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


BE 50 Lower Back Panel Center

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


213
Wiper and Washer (w/ Auto Wiper System)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

25A C9
WIPER
Combination SW

5 2F 11 2A Wiper SW

+B +2 +1 +S AUTO E

OFF
L

AUTO

LO

HI

+B +2 +1 +S AUTO E
17 8 7 16 4 14

L–O
L

cardiagn.com
D A
L D

Junction Connector

L–B

L–Y

W
O
L–O A
J2

D A

B–R
L–O
L

11 1 12 20 10 9 19
+1 IG +2 +2S +SSW C1 CO

W5
Wiper Relay

+SM SPD SIG PA1


2 16 6 17
G–B
B–R
L–O

P–B
LG

4 IF6 10 IF6 3 IF6 5 IE1 13 IE1 4 IE1


G–B
B–R
L–O

P–B
LG

V
L

4 1 2 3 3 1 2
+2 +1 B S WIP SIG AUTO

M
ES
4 R10
Rain Sensor
W–B

E
F7 5
Front Wiper Motor 12 IE1
W–B

W–B
W–B

ED IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


214
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

C9 15A
WASHER
Combination SW

6 2F

Washer SW

EW WF

Off

L–W
On

VR1 VR2 EW WF
15 3 2 11
W–B

cardiagn.com
C 2
C J2 W2
Junction M Washer
Connector Motor
GR–R

LG–R

C 1
P

8 18 5
VR1 VR2 W 9 IF6

W5
Wiper Relay

E
P
13
W–B

W–B

A
W–B A J4
Junction
Connector

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


215
Wiper and Washer (w/ Auto Wiper System)
System Outline
Auto Wiper Operation
When the wiper SW is placed to AUTO position, the rain sensor detects the amount of rain on the front windshield, and a
signal is output to the wiper controller. The wiper controller automatically controls the intermittent time and operates the
wiper, in accordance with the signal.

Service Hints
W5 Wiper Relay
13–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
F7 Front Wiper Motor
2–3 : Closed unless the front wiper motor at STOP position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C9 38 J4 39 W5 39
F7 36 R10 41
J2 39 W2 37

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2F 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IF6 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ED 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


216
Wiper and Washer (w/o Auto Wiper System)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

15A 25A
WASHER WIPER

6 2F 11 2A 5 2F

L–W

L
2
W2
M Washer
Motor
WF EW 1

Wiper SW

P
Washer SW Off

On
9 IF6
OFF

INT

LO

HI

WF 11 P

EW 2

cardiagn.com
W–B

3
+S 16 L–Y
IF6

10
+1 7 L–B
IF6

4
+2 8 L–O
IF6

+B 17 L
L–O

L–B

L–Y
L

C9
Combination SW
4 1 2 3
+2 +1 B S

E
F7 5
Front Wiper Motor
W–B

W–B

A
W–B A J4
Junction
Connector

IA IB ED

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


218
System Outline
With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW and TERMINAL 2 of the front
wiper motor through the WIPER fuse. The current flows to TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor through the WASHER fuse.
1. Low Speed Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at low speed.
2. High Speed Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to
TERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL 4 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run
at high speed.
3. INT Position
With the wiper and washer SW turned to INT position, the wiper relay operates and current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the
wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This activates the intermittent circuit and the current flows from
TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 5 to
GROUND and the wiper operates. Intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser charge and discharge function in the
relay.
4. Washer Continuous Operation
With the wiper and washer SW pulled to WASHER position (Washer SW ON position), the current flows from the WASHER
fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 11 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to
GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer to spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the

cardiagn.com
WIPER fuse to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 1 of the front wiper motor to
TERMINAL 5 to GROUND, causing the wiper to function.

Service Hints
C9 Combination SW
2–Ground : Always continuity
17–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ST position
7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at LO position
Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with the ignition SW on
and the wiper and washer SW at INT position
16–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and unless the front wiper motor at STOP position
8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at HI position
F7 Front Wiper Motor
2–3 : Closed unless the front wiper motor at STOP position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C9 38 J4 39
F7 36 W2 37

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2F 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IF6 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


ED 44 Left Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


219
Remote Control Mirror (w/ Driving Position Memory)

From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 1 : w/ VSC


* 2 : w/o VSC

5A
ECU–ACC
R8
Remote Control Mirror SW

Operation SW
1 2L
W

67 3B (* 1)
47 3B (* 2)

MV MH

Select SW
77 3B (* 1)
57 3B (* 2)
GR

MLV MRV MLH MRH B E


3 2 9 10 4 8
C A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector

LG–R
G–R

W–L
Y–G
B–R
A B
L–B

cardiagn.com
GR

2 6 5 4 3 17 16
ACC SWLV SWRV SWLH SWRH SWB SWE

M2
Memory Mirror ECU

GND MVL M+L MHL VSR HSRL VC E1 HSSR


14 12 10 11 8 9 7 19 21
G–W

B–W
W–B

A B
A G–W
Y–G

B–R
L–B

W
B

A B B–W
J1
Junction
Connector A B J10
A Junction
Connector
G–W

G–W
B–W

B–W

9 IB1 19 IB1 8 IB1 18 IB1 7 IB1 6 IB1 17 IB1 14 IP1 5 IP1 4 IP1
G–W

R–W

G–W
B–W
Y–G

B–R
L–B

W
B

5 6 11 2 7 1 8 8 1 7
W–B

MV M+ MH VSRL HSRL VC E1 E1 VC HSSR

M3 M4
Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH
A
J4
Junction
Connector

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


220
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A 30A 10A


GAUGE2 ECU–B PWR ECU–IG
SEAT

6 2B 6 2P 1 2J 12 2K
R–L

G–W

W–R
B B
J 6(A), J 7(B)

Connector
3 IL2 D

Junction
Connector

W–R D
Junction

B–R
J3

L–O
R–L

B A D

3
G–W

W–R
G–W
A/T Indicator
Light SW

100 3A
A4

7 IA4 16 IA4 1 BD1 15 BD1


1
G–W

G–W

W–R
110 3A

B–R
L–O

cardiagn.com
19 IL1 5 BD1 6 BD1

W
W–R

G–W

1 10 B 24 B W–R 10 A 12 B
B P SYSB +B IG

M2 M 6(A), M 7(B)
Memory Mirror ECU Memory Seat ECU

VSSR MHR M+R MVR SI SI SW1 SW2 MMRY GND


20 23 22 24 25 22 B 16 B 17 B 15 B 9 A

W–B
G–Y

19 BD1 16 BD1 17 BD1 18 BD1 10 BD1


LG–R

G–R
Y–G

G–Y
G

W–B
G–Y

15 IA4 12 IC1 4 IC1 13 IC1


P

13 IP1 3 IP1 12 IP1 2 IP1


4 3 2
LG–R

G–R
Y–G
G

Memory1

Memory2

SET
Driving Position

2 11 6 5
Memory SW

VSSR MH M+ MV
D18

1
W–B

M4 5 IC1
Remote Control Mirror RH
W–B

W–B

BA BA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


221
Remote Control Mirror (w/ Driving Position Memory)
System Outline
When the ignition SW is turned on, the outer mirrors can be operated. When the remote control mirror SW is operated, a
signal is input to the memory mirror ECU, and the outer mirror can be adjusted to the desired position.
In this system, the position sensor detects the number of rotations of each motor (Movement amount of each mirror) and
inputs it to the memory mirror ECU. This makes it possible to store and recall the outer mirror position using the driving
position memory SW. The outer mirror position is stored and recalled through communication control of the body ECU.

Service Hints
M2 Memory Mirror ECU
2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
14–Ground : Always continuity
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 J7 B 39 M4 41
D18 40 J8 A 39 M6 A 42
J1 39 J9 B 39 M7 B 42
J3 39 J10 39 R8 39
J4 39 M2 39
J6 A 39 M3 41

cardiagn.com
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2J
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2L
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2P
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BD1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


222
Remote Control Mirror (w/o Driving Position Memory)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)


* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC

5A
ECU–ACC

1 2L

W
67 3B (*1)
47 3B (*2)

77 3B (*1)
57 3B (*2)

GR
C A
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction
Connector

A B

cardiagn.com
GR
R8
Remote Control Mirror SW 4
B

Operation SW
Select SW
MH MV

MLH MRH MLV MRV M+ E


9 10 3 2 7 8
W–B
Y–G

B
B J3
Junction
Connector
B
LG–R

G–R

Y–G

Y–G
B–R

L–B

A
J1
Junction
8 IB1 9 IB1 3 IP1 2 IP1 12 IP1 19 IB1 Connector
A
LG–R

W–B
G–R

Y–G

Y–G
B–R

L–B

6 3 6 3
Remote Control Mirror RH
Remote Control Mirror LH

MH MV MH MV

M M M M

M+ M+ A
J4
7 7 Junction
M3

M4

Connector

IB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


224
Service Hints
R8 Remote Control Mirror SW
4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
8–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
J1 39 J8 A 39 M4 41
J3 39 J9 B 39 R8 39
J4 39 M3 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2L 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

cardiagn.com
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


225
Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

W
30A 110 3A
10A 10A 10A
PWR ECU–IG ECU–B GAUGE2
SEAT

2 19 IL1 100 3A

1 2J 12 2K 6 2P 6 2B

G–W

G–W
W–R
1 B A
D J 6(A), J 7(B)

A/T Indicator
J3 Junction
B–R
L–O

R–L

Light SW
Junction Connector
Connector

A4
D B B
3

G–W
W–R
1 BD1 15 BD1 16 IA4 3 IL2 7 IA4

G–W
W–R
L–O

R–L

cardiagn.com
6 BD1 5 BD1
B22

G–W
W–R
B–R
L–O

10 A 12 B 24 B 10 B
+B IG SYSB P

M 6(A), M 7(B)
Memory Seat ECU

GND RCL+ RCL– RRV+ RRV–


9 A 3 A 2 A 8 A 7 A
R–W
W–B

R–B
L–O

L–Y

1
Power Seat Control SW
(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar
Support Control)

Reclining Control)
Power Seat Motor

Power Seat Motor


(Driver’ s Seat

(Driver’ s Seat

1 2
Lifter Control)
Front

Rear

M M
P13

P19

P17

4 2 3 2 1
W–B
B22
W–B
LG
L

(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar


Power Seat Motor

1
Support Control)

10 BD1
2
P18

W–B

BA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


226
D18
Driving Position Memory SW

Memory 1

Memory 2

SET
4 3 2 1

P14
Power Seat Control SW (Driver’ s Seat)

W–B
P

Y
12 IC1 4 IC1 13 IC1 5 IC1
Front Vertical
Reclining

Slide
Lifter
Down

Down
Front

Front
Rear

Rear
Up

Up

W–B
P

Y
RCLF RCLR LDWN LUP FDWN FUP SLDF SLDR E 16 BD1 17 BD1 18 BD1

cardiagn.com
3 2 8 7 5 10 9 6 1
G–W
G–B

Y–G

L–R

L–Y

L–B

BR
G

Y
L

6 B 5 B 13 B 14 B 1 B 2 B 4 B 3 B 19 B 16 B 17 B 15 B
RCLF RCLR RDWN RUP FDWN FUP SLDF SLDR SWE SW1 SW2 MMRY

M 6(A), M 7(B)
Memory Seat ECU

FRV+ FRV– SLD+ SLD– DCTY SI


12 A 11 A 5 A 4 A 9 B 22 B
L–W

R–G

G–Y
L–R

L–B
L

(Driver’ s Seat Slide Control)


Front Vertical Control)

8 BD1 19 BD1
Power Seat Motor

Power Seat Motor

G–Y
(Driver’ s Seat

2 1

M M
R–G
P16

P20

15 IA4
1 2
G–Y

Memory Mirror ECU


Door Courtesy SW

1 25
SI
Front LH

M2
D8

W–B

BA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


227
Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)
System Outline
Current is always applied from ECU–B fuse to TERMINAL SYSB of the memory seat ECU, from PWR SEAT fuse to
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU.
With the ignition SW turned on, current flows from ECU–IG fuse to TERMINAL IG of the memory seat ECU and from the
GAUGE2 fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the A/T indicator light SW.
Power Seat Operation (Driver’s Seat)
Current is always applied to TERMINAL SYSB and TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU so that memory seat ECU is
always ready to operate.
When the power seat control SW is pushed to the ”FRONT SLIDE position” side, a signal is input into TERMINAL SLDF of
the memory seat ECU, the ECU operates and the current to TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU flows from TERMINAL
SLD+ of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat slide control) to TERMINAL 1 to
TERMINAL SLD– of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, rotating the power seat motor so that the seat
slides forward while the power seat control SW is being pressed.
To slide the driver’s seat to the rear, pushing the power seat control SW to the ”REAR SIDE position” side, inputs a signal to
TERMINAL SLDR of the memory seat ECU. This causes the current flowing from the ECU to the motor to flow from
TERMINAL SLD– of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL 1 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat slide control) to
TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL SLD+ of the memory seat ECU, flowing the reverse to front slide operation and causing the
motor to rotate in reverse, so that the driver’s seat moves to the rear.

The movement to other positions occurs similarly, so only the flow of current to each motor is shown:
Front Vertical Control Up Operation
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL FRV+ to TERMINAL 1 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat front
vertical control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL FRV– of the ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND.

cardiagn.com
Front Vertical Control Down Operation
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL FRV– to TERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat front
vertical control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL FRV+ of the ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND.
Lifter Control Up Operation
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL RRV+ to TERMINAL 1 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat lifter
control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL RRV– of the ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND.
Lifter Control Down Operation
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL RRV– to TERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat lifter
control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL RRV+ of the ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND.
Reclining Control Front Operation
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL RCL+ to TERMINAL 2 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat
reclining control) to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL RCL– of the ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND.
Reclining Control Rear Operation
TERMINAL +B of the memory seat ECU to TERMINAL RCL– to TERMINAL 1 of the power seat motor (Driver’s seat
reclining control) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL RCL+ of the ECU to TERMINAL GND to GROUND.

Making it possible to perform memory and return functions for the seat position using the seat memory switch.

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


228
Service Hints
A4 A/T Indicator Light SW
3–1 : Closed with the shift lever at P position
M6 (A), M7 (B) Memory Seat ECU
(A)10–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B)10–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the shift lever at P position
(A) 5–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at front slide operation
(A) 4–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at rear slide operation
(A)12–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at front vertical up operation
(A)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at front vertical down operation
(A) 8–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at lifter up operation
(A) 7–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at lifter down operation
(A) 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at front reclining operation
(A) 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the driver’s seat at rear reclining operation
(A) 9–Ground : Always continuity
(B)24–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
P14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
1–3 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front reclining operation
1–2 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear reclining operation
1–9 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front slide operation
1–6 : Closed with the driver’s seat at rear slide operation
1–10 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front vertical up operation
1–5 : Closed with the driver’s seat at front vertical down operation

cardiagn.com
1–7 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lifter up operation
1–8 : Closed with the driver’s seat at lifter down operation

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 M2 39 P17 42
D8 40 M6 A 42 P18 42
D18 40 M7 B 42 P19 42
J3 39 P13 42 P20 42
J6 A 39 P14 42
J7 B 39 P16 42

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2J
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2P 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
34 (w/ VSC)
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IL1
48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IL2
BD1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


229
Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/ Driving Position Memory)
: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B22 52 Front Seat LH Wire

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


230
232
Up

10
FUP
L–R

P16
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat Front
Vertical Control)

Front Vertical

1
2
5
FDWN
L–R L–W

M
B
1
2
1

L–O L–O L–O

1 2J
Down

B23
1 BD1
Front

9
SLDF
L
30A

P20
Power Seat Motor
PWR SEAT

(Driver’ s Seat

Slide
Slide Control)
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

2
1
6
SLDR
L–O
L L–B

M
Rear

P14
Front

3
RCLF
R–W

P19
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat
Reclining Control)

Reclining

2
1
2
RCLR
R–W R–B

M
Rear

Power Seat Control SW (Driver’ s Seat)


Up

LUP
7
L–Y

P17
Power Seat Motor
(Driver’ s Seat

Lifter
Lifter Control)

1
2
8
LDWN
L–Y R

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


Down

E
4
W–B W–B W–B

BA
B23

10 BD1
Power Seat (Driver’s Seat w/o Driving Position Memory)

Front L–O
4

L
P13

W–B

2
1
3

L LG

M
Support Control)

P18 Rear
(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar
Power Seat Control SW

Power Seat Motor


(Driver’ s Seat Lumbar
Support Control)

cardiagn.com
Service Hints
P14 Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
4–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
P13 42 P17 42 P20 42
P14 42 P18 42
P16 42 P19 42

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2J 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
BD1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

: Ground Points

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Ground Points Location
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B23 52 Front Seat LH Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


233
234
Up

5
FUP
L–R

P21
Power Seat Motor
(Front Passenger’ s Seat
Front Vertical Control)

Front Vertical

1
2
10
FDWN
L–R L–W

M
B
1
2
1

L–O L–O L–O


9 2B

Down

8 IO4

1 BE1
Front

9
SLDF
L
30A

P24
Power Seat Motor
PWR SEAT

(Front Passenger’ s Seat

Slide
Slide Control)
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

2
1
6
SLDR
L L–B

M
Rear

P15
Front

3
RCLF
R–W

P23
Power Seat Motor
Power Seat (Front Passenger’s Seat)

(Front Passenger’ s Seat


Reclining Control)

Reclining

2
1
2
RCLR
R–W R–B

M
Rear

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


Up

LUP
8
L–Y

P22
Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’ s Seat)

Power Seat Motor


(Front Passenger’ s Seat
Lifter

Lifter Control)

1
2
7
LDWN
L–Y R

M
Down
E
4
W–B W–B

BB
6 BE1
cardiagn.com
Service Hints
P15 Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
4–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
P15 42 P22 42 P24 42
P21 42 P23 42

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IO4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BE1 52 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: Ground Points

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Ground Points Location
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


235
Moon Roof

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 30A
GAUGE2 PWR
NO. 1

7 2B 10 2B
R–L

E
J10
L–W

Junction G–R
Connector
E
V
R–L

11 IE1 10 IE1 1 IE1 9 IE1

G–R
V
L–W

G–R

V
12 2B
M5

cardiagn.com
Moon Roof Control ECU
5 and Motor 3 2 8 9 C
+B WOPN PWS PWS PD
Moon Roof Motor

M B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU
R–L

DCTY PCTY
1 C 11 A
Moon Roof ECU

R–G

R–G
IG CLOSE/UP OPEN/DOWN E1 E
8 10 9 1 7

6 IA2 16 IO5
R–W

W–B

W–B
R–Y
R–L

9 11 2 1
IG IG3 UP DOWN
Down/Open

R–G

R–G
Up/Close

GND
O2 4
Overhead J/B
Door Courtesy SW

Door Courtesy SW

1 1
W–B
B3
Front RH
Front LH
D8

D9
W–B

12 IE1
W–B

W–B

IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


236
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 10A 7. 5A
ECU–IG ECU–B DOME

5 2M

W
60 3A

40 3A

cardiagn.com
9 1
SIG B

B 4(A), B 5(B), B 6(C)


Body ECU

RLCY RRCY GND SGND BZR MPX1 RDA PRG


12 A 14 A 12 24 6 B 11 B 8 B 9 B
GR–B
R–W

L–W

G–R
8 2R 11 2B
R–Y

GR

R
W–B

BR

2
5 IA2 7 IO5 V1 4 IO5 5 IO5 IO5
13 IB1
GR–B

G–R
L–W

R
Keyless Buzzer

D17
On/Off SW

7 Driver Door ECU 2 3 5


MPX1 RDA PRG +B
V2
R–W

K4
R–Y

GND KL KUL KEYE E


L

2 4 14 3 1 D13
Door Lock
Door Courtesy SW Rear RH
Door Courtesy SW Rear LH

Control Receiver
W–B

W–B
L–Y

1 IF5
Unlock SW Front LH

1 1 9 10
Door Key Lock and
L

11 IC1

1
Keyless Buzzer
D10

D11

W–B
Buzzer

D12

7
K1

2
W–B

W–B
BR

A
W–B W–B A J13
Junction
Connector

ID EB BA BB BD

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


237
Moon Roof
Service Hints
M5 Moon Roof Control ECU and Motor
5–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
7–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B4 A 38 D11 40 K1 37
B5 B 38 D12 40 K4 39
B6 C 38 D13 40 M5 41
D8 40 D17 40 O2 41
D9 40 J10 39
D10 40 J13 40

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28
2M Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
29
2R
34 (w/ VSC)

cardiagn.com
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IE1 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Roof Wire (Lower Part of Front Pillar LH)
IF5 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)
IO5 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B3 50 Roof Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


238
Seat Heater

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

20A
SEAT HTR

1 2B 2 2B

L
A16
6 3 A/C Control Assembly
SHD+ SHP+

SHD– SHDE SHDT SHP– SHPE SHPT


7 1 2 8 4 5

cardiagn.com
LG–B
R–B

R–Y
B–L

LG
B
2 IA3 12 IA3 7 IA3 2 IO4 7 IO4 12 IO4
LG–B
R–B

R–Y
B–L

LG
B

11 BD1 12 BD1 13 BD1 3 BE1 4 BE1 5 BE1


LG–B
R–B

R–Y
B–L

LG
B

3 2 1 3 2 1
B SGND TH B SGND TH
Seat Heater RH
Seat Heater LH
S20

S21

E E
4 4
W–B

W–B

10 BD1 6 BE1
W–B

W–B

BA BB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


240
Service Hints
A16 A/C Control Assembly
3, 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A16 38 S20 42 S21 42

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA3 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IO4 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BD1 52 Floor No.1 Wire and Front Seat LH Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)
BE1 52 Floor No.2 Wire and Front Seat RH Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)

: Ground Points

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Ground Points Location
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


241
Tension Reducer

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A
GAUGE2 * 1 : w/ Headlight Beam Level Control System

7 2H 7 2B

R–L
E H14
J10 Headlight Beam Level
Junction Control ECU
SS2
Connector
E 7

GR–R
R–L

R–L

(* 1)
3 IO4 9 IO5

cardiagn.com
R–L

1 1

T16 T17
Tension Reducer Tension Reducer
Solenoid LH Solenoid RH

2 2
GR–R

GR–R

GR–R
(*1)

B9
GR–R

6 6

B7 B8
Buckle SW LH Buckle SW RH

1 1
W–B

W–B

BA BB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


242
Service Hints
B7 Buckle SW LH
6–1 : Closed with driver seat belt in use
B8 Buckle SW RH
6–1 : Closed with front passenger seat belt in use
T16, T17 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH, RH
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
B7 42 H14 39 T16 41
B8 42 J10 39 T17 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2H 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IO4
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO5

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
B9 50 Floor No.2 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


243
Rear Sunshade

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

15A 10A
SUN– GAUGE2
SHADE

13 2H 6 2B

R–L
R–L

3 IL2

R21
1 Rear Sunshade Control Relay

R–L
IG

3
M

Light SW
Back–Up
A4
2

cardiagn.com
R–B
SW E REV 2 IL2
3 5 2
W–B

R–B
V

3 2K R–B
17 IA4

5 2R
V

R–B

4
Rear Sunshade
Control SW
R7

1
W–B

A
J1
Junction
Connector
A
W–B

W–B

A A
J4 J12
Junction Junction
Connector Connector

IB BC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


244
Service Hints
R21 Rear Sunshade Control Relay
1–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
5–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A4 36 J4 39 R7 39
J1 39 J12 40 R21 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2B 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2H
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2R 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)

cardiagn.com
IL2 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IB 46 Instrument Panel Brace LH
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


245
Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 1 : w/ Driving Position Memory
* 2 : w/o Driving Position Memory

40A 10A
DEF GAUGE2

3 5
1 1
10A
Filter 1

Filter 2

DEF MIR HTR


Noise

Noise

Relay

2 2 1 2

8 2R 8 2M 2 2J 4 2C 18 2K 2 2S

B–Y

B–Y
W–B

SB

cardiagn.com
3 IC1 3 IP2
Y–G

B–Y

B–Y
1

3 A (* 1) 3 A (*1)
5 5 B (* 2) 5 B (*2)

Mirror Heater RH
A/C Control Assembly

Mirror Heater LH

RDEF
M 3(A), (B)

M 4(A), (B)
GND
21 9 A (* 1) 9 A (*1)
A15

4 B (* 2) 4 B (*2)
W–B

W–B

W–B

Rear Window
Defogger
C13
Choke Coil

24 3A 11 IC1 11 IP2
W–B

W–B

55 3A

SB
W–B

W–B

W–B

IA BA IF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


246
Service Hints
DEF Relay
3–1 : Closed with the ignition SW at on and rear window defogger SW (A/C control assembly) on
M3 (A), (B) Mirror Heater LH
M4 (A), (B) Mirror Heater RH
(A) 3, (B) 5–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with the rear window defogger SW (A/C control assembly) on
(A) 9, (B) 4–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A15 38 A 41 A 41
M3 M4
C13 40 B 41 B 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2C 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2J
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K
2M
2R 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))

cardiagn.com
2S
34 (w/ VSC)
3A Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IC1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IP2 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
IF 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH
BA 50 Under the Driver’s Seat

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


247
Cellular Mobile Telephone

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

5A 5A 10A
ECU–ACC TEL ECU–IG

6 2H 5 1D 12 2K
S19 S10(A), S11(B) R2
Stereo Component Stereo Component Radio and
Amplifier Amplifier Player

RL+ RL– RL+ RL– MUTE


6 B (* 6)

B–R
G–B
2 B
GR

4 11 6
4 A 11 A (* 7)

Y–B
(*1)

(*1)

(*4)
B

Y
Y–B
(* 3)

(* 2)

(* 2)
B

Y
8 IO2 3 IO2 5 II1

4 ID1 Y(* 1)

Y–B
B(* 1)

cardiagn.com
G–B

2 IA2 7 IA2 3 IA2

Y–B
B

Y
2 C 3 C 6 C 1 C 4 C 11 B
ACC +B IG SPIN+ SPIN– MUTE
L–Y

G–B
Short Connector

3 A 4 A
W–B

G–W
G
R
R–B

3 B 4 B
G–B

L–Y

G G–B

26 19 24 13 12 1 14 18
T10(A), T11(B), T12(C), T13(D), T14(E), T15(F)

ACC MIGND GND1 +B IG SPI+ SPI– MUTE


Telephone Computer
TLSW SW– MACC MICIN SP+ SP– TELI
3 16 5 6 2 15 4
R–W
O

G
Telephone Computer

B
L

(* 5)

G–B
G

TLSW SW– GND MACC SG MICGND MICIN SPOUT+ SPOUT– TELI


7 B 14 B 5 C 6 B 3 B 12 B 5 B 1 D 4 D 4 B
G–W

L–R
G

Y
W–B

L–Y

(*5)

4 IA2 9 IA2 1 BA1 5 BA1 8 IA2


G–W

L–R
G

12 11 5 1 2 4 5
PH+ PH– MACC SGND MIC– MIC+ 1 2 TELI

R17
Rear Door
C10 T5 Speaker LH A14
Combination SW BE Telephone Microphone A/C Control
Assembly

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


248
* 1: MARK LEVINSON
* 2: Except MARK LEVINSON
* 3: w/ LEXUS Navigation System
R 3(A), R 6(D) * 4: w/o LEXUS Navigation System
Radio and Player with Display * 5: Shielded
* 6: 1CD Type w/o LEXUS Navigation System
* 7: Except * 6

N2
TLMT TX+ TX– B G R SYNC VR VG Navigation ECU
6 D 5 A 10 A 3 A 7 A 2 A 8 A 1 A 6 A

(* 3)
BR
B G R SYNC VR VG TX+ TX–
I3
3 7 2 8 1 6 5 10
Y–B(*3)

W(* 3)

R(* 3)

(*5)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)

(*3)
W

G
R

(*5)

(* 3)
V
3 IO3 10 IO3 6 IO3 2 IO3 5 IO3 1 IO3 7 IO3 8 IO3

B16
W(* 3)

LG–R
R(*3)

(* 5)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 5)

(* 5)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)
BR

LG
W

W
G
R

R
Y

Y
L
3 BC1 9 BC1 5 BC1 2 BC1 4 BC1 1 BC1 6 BC1 7 BC1

(* 3)
V

cardiagn.com
(* 5)
W(*3)

R(* 3)

(* 5)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)
W

G
R

B16
(* 3)
BR

5 E 10 E 3 E 7 E 2 E 8 E 1 E 6 E 7 F 6 F 5 F 15 F 8 F 16 F 1 F 9 F
TX+ TX– B G R SYNC VR VG B1 G1 R1 SYNC1 VR1 VG1 TX1+ TX1–
GR–L
L–O

(* 5)

BR

W
R
B

Telephone Computer
L

GR–L

7 20 23 22 9 8 10 21

T10(A), T11(B), T12(C), T13(D), T14(E), T15(F)


TX+ TX– B G R SYNC VR VG
Telephone Computer
Telephone
Computer ASYNC ASYNC PCM_ PCM_ ID_
_TXD _ RXD GND CALL SYNC CLK GND VAL VBAT VCHG PCM_ TA PCM_ RA GND S– S+
3 4 14 5 6 1 12 20 10 11 18 2 13 19 22
GR–L

B–Y
L–O

W
G

G
R

R
B

Telephone Computer
(* 5)

(* 5)

(* 5)
GR–L

L–O

B–Y

ASYNC ASYNC PCM PCM ID PCM PCM


TXD RXD GND CALL SYNC CLK GND VAL VBATT VCHG _ TA _ RA GND S– S+
1 A 10 A 11 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 A 12 A 13 A 14 A 15 A 17 A
R–W
B–R
(* 5)

(* 5)

(* 5)
GR
BR

W
G

O
R

R
B

1 10 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 12 13 14 15 17
UPDT DNDT DT– GND C+B T–A+ T–A– NOSR CHAG PWR HLED R–A+ R–A– HSW OPT

C4
Cellular Phone (Hand Set)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


249
Cellular Mobile Telephone
Service Hints
T12 (C) Telephone Computer
(C) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(C) 2–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(C) 3–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(C) 5–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A14 38 R6 D 39 T10 A 41
C4 38 R17 41 T11 B 41
C10 38 S10 A 39 T12 C 41
N2 41 S11 B 39 T13 D 41
R2 39 S19 41 T14 E 41
R3 A 39 T5 39 T15 F 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1D 25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2H
28 Floor No.1
No 1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

cardiagn.com
2K

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
ID1 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Side of Driver Side J/B)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
IO2
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO3
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BC1 50 Floor No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Behind the Rear Passenger’s Seat RH)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


BE 50 Lower Back Panel Center

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I3 48 Instrument Panel Wire B16 50 Floor No.1 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


250
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player (MARK LEVINSON w/ LEXUS Navigation System)

From Power Source System (See Page 56) GR

L–Y

W–L
10A 20A
RAD RAD

GR
NO. 2 NO. 1 R–L

V–W
6 II1
5 2A 1 2A W
L–Y
L–Y

L–Y
GR

GR
R

Back–Up Light SW
E A D A E A D A D A

3 BC1 9 BC1
J 6(A), J 7(B) D B R(* 2)
Junction

V–W
W–L

R–L
L–Y
GR

Connector W(*2)

(* 3)

(* 3)
W

R
5 IA4 6 IA1 9 IA1 3 IA1 14 IA4

R–B
LG–R(* 2)

V–W
L–Y
GR

LG(* 2)

P
N 2(A), N 3(B)
Navigation ECU 18 B 9 B 10 B 1 B 5 B 14 B 5 A 10 A

cardiagn.com
ACC +B AUI– AUI+ SPD REV TX+ TX–

GND AUO+ AUO– VR R B G SYNC VG


17 B 2 B 11 B 1 A 2 A 3 A 7 A 8 A 6 A

V(* 2)
P

(* 3)
BR
L(* 2)

BR(* 2)
2 IA1 5 IA1
W(*2)

R(* 2)
W–L
R–L

Y(* 2)

B16
20 IB1 10 IB1
(* 1)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)
W
G

R
B

(* 1)
W–L
R–L

B(* 2)
W–B

1 2 G(*2)

W(*2)
F11
Front Door R(* 2)
Speaker LH

Y(* 2)
(* 1)
(* 3)

(* 1)
(* 2)

6 BC1 4 BC1 5 BC1 2 BC1 1 BC1 7 BC1

(* 1)
W
G

R
B

A W
J12
Junction G
Connector

BC B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


252
(MARK LEVINSON w/ LEXUS Navigation System)

GR GR

L–Y L–Y

W–L W–L

R–L R–L

V–W V–W

W W

R R

B
* 1 : Shielded
* 2 : w/ Cellular Mobile Telephone R17
* 3 : w/o Cellular Mobile Telephone Y
Rear Door Speaker LH

B(*3)
1 2 Y–B

Short Connector
S14(A), S15(B)

Y
Y(*3)
(*3)
R(* 2) 4 B 1 B

Y
2 IA2 7 IA2 3 IA2

W(* 2) 1 BA1 5 BA1


4 A 1 A
B
LG–R(* 2) (*3)

(* 2)

(* 2)
W(* 2)

R(* 2)

Y–B
(*2)

(*2)
LG(*2) Y
B

Y
(*3)
9 F 1 F 5 E 10 E 1 D 4 D 1 C 4 C 11 B

cardiagn.com
TX1– TX1+ TX+ TX– SPOUT+ SPOUT– SPIN+ SPIN– MUTE
T11(B), T12(C), T13(D), T14(E), T15(F)
Telephone Computer
B16 VG1 SYNC1 G1 B1 R1 VR1 VR R B G SYNC VG
16 F 15 F 6 F 7 F 5 F 8 F 1 E 2 E 3 E 7 E 8 E 6 E

V(*2) V(* 2)

BR(* 2)
L(* 2) L(*2)

BR(* 2) BR(*2)

W(* 2) W(* 2)

R(* 2) R(*2)

Y(*2) Y(* 2)

B16

(* 1)
W(* 2)
G(* 2)
B(*2)

R(* 2)

Y(*2)
(*1)

B(*2)
(* 1)
(* 2)

G(* 2)

W(* 2)

R(* 2)

Y(*2)

(*1)
(*2)

(*1) (*1)

Y Y

R R

W W

G G

B B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


253
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player

GR GR
I4
L–Y V–W

W–L W–L

R–L R–L

V–W V–W

W B

R Y

B G

Y W

Y–B B

* 1 : Shielded
(* 1)

W
G

R
B
Y–B

L–Y
W
R

5 II1 10 IO3 3 IO3 2 II1 5 IN1 6 IN1 9 IN1 8 IN1 7 IN1

cardiagn.com
V–W
Y–B

L–Y

(* 1)
GR
W

W
G
R

R
B
6 D 10 A 5 A 1 D 3 C 11 D 10 D 9 D 18 D 8 D 19 D
TLMT TX– TX+ +B SPD ACC SLD2 L+ R– R+ L–

R 3(A), R 4(B), R 5(C), R 6(D)


Radio and Player with Display

VG SYNC G B R VR L+ L– R+ R– SLD BU+B ACC+B MUTE TX+ TX– GND


6 A 8 A 7 A 3 A 2 A 1 A 2 B 7 B 1 B 6 B 3 B 5 B 12 B 4 B 10 B 9 B 8 B
BR

I3
G–W
L–Y
(* 1)

GR

BR
W

W
G

G
R

R
Y

B
(* 1)

8 IO3 1 IO3 2 IO3 6 IO3 5 IO3 7 IO3


(* 1)

(* 1)
W

G
R
Y

2 7 1 6 5 12 4 10 9 8
L+ L– R+ R– +B ACC MUTE TX+ TX– GND

(*1)

Y C3
CD Automatic Changer
R

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


254
(MARK LEVINSON w/ LEXUS Navigation System)

GR GR

V–W V–W

W–L W–L

R–L

V–W V–W

R–L
W
R

B
4 IN1 1 IN1 2 IN1 3 IO2 8 IO2 2 IO1

cardiagn.com
R–L
W

G
R

B
L

5 D 15 D 7 D 21 A 19 A 6 A 24 A 11 A 23 A 12 A 11 B 4 B 2 B
TX+ TX– MUTE MUTE TX– TX+ L– R+ R– L+ RL– RL+ FL+

R 3(A), R 4(B), R 5(C), R 6(D) S18(A), S19(B)


Radio and Player with Display Stereo Component Amplifier

GND E FR+ FR– TFL+ TFL– TFR+ TFR–


20 D 12 B 1 B 8 B 2 A 15 A 1 A 14 A
L–W

L–Y

LG
P

L
W–B

1 IO1 3 IO1 7 IO2 2 IO2 1 IO2 6 IO2


BR

L–W

L–Y

LG
P

11 IP1 1 IP1 11 IB1 1 IB1 20 IP1 10 IP1


5 IO2
8 II1
L–W

L–Y

LG
P

1 2 1 3 1 3

F12 T18 T19


BR

BR

Front Door Tweeter LH Tweeter LH


Speaker RH

IC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


255
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player

GR From Power Source System (See Page 56)

V–W

W–L
10A 10A
GAUGE1 ECU–B

V–W

From Power Source System (See Page 56)


1 2M 6 2M

25A

W
V–W

V–W

V–W
AMP

32 3A 42 3A 41 3A 57 3A 56 3A

V–W
W–L

4 2B
GR

L–Y

82 3A 87 3A 86 3A
4 IO1 3 IN1 4 IO2 10 IO2
L–Y

cardiagn.com
V–W
W–L

GR

B21

33 40 20
L–Y

L–Y

Speedometer
9 B 20 A 7 B 16 B 13 A
FL– ACC B+ B+ SPD
Power
S18(A), S19(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier

RR+ RR– GND WF+ WF– Micro Computer

3 B 10 B 13 B 5 B 6 B

21 C7
W
R

Combination Meter
L–R
L–B

1 BB1 5 BB1
* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC
W–B

84 3B (* 1)
W
R

64 3B (* 2)

1 2 1 2
74 3B (* 1)
54 3B (* 2)
R18 W6
Rear Door Woofer Speaker
Speaker RH
BR

A
W–B A J13
Junction
Connector

BB BD ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


256
(MARK LEVINSON w/ LEXUS Navigation System)
Service Hints
R6 (D) Radio and Player with Display
(D) 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(D)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(D)20–Ground : Always continuity
N2 (A) Navigation ECU
(A)18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(A) 9–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)17–Ground : Always continuity
S18 (A), S19 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(B) 7, (B) 16–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 20–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(B)12, (B) 13–Ground: Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C3 38 R3 A 39 T11 B 41
C7 38 R4 B 39 T12 C 41
F11 40 R5 C 39 T13 D 41
F12 40 R6 D 39 T14 E 41

cardiagn.com
J6 A 39 R17 41 T15 F 41
J7 B 39 R18 41 T18 41
J12 40 S14 A 41 T19 41
J13 40 S15 B 41 W6 41
N2 A 41 S18 A 41
N3 B 41 S19 B 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A
28
2B Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2M 29
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left
( Kick Panel))
IA4
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
IN1 48 Instrument Panel No.2 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO1
IO2 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire ((Right
g Kick Panel))
IO3
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)
BC1 50 Floor No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Behind the Rear Passenger’s Seat RH)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


257
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player
(MARK LEVINSON w/ LEXUS Navigation System)
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IC
46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
ID
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I3 48 Instrument Panel Wire B16 50 Floor No.1 Wire
I4 48 Instrument Panel No.3 Wire B21 50 Floor No.2 Wire

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


258
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player (Except MARK LEVINSON w/ Navigation System)

From Power Source System (See Page 56) L–Y

GR

L–Y
10A 20A
RAD RAD

GR
NO. 2 NO. 1 V

P
6 II1
5 2A 1 2A V–W
L–Y

L–Y
GR

GR
W

E A D A E A D A D A R

Back–Up Light SW
J 6(A), J 7(B) D B E B 3 BC1 9 BC1
Junction R(* 2)
L–Y
GR

Connector

V–W
L–Y
W(*2)

P
5 IA4

(* 3)

(* 3)
W

R
6 IA1 9 IA1 3 IA1 14 IA4

R–B
LG–R(* 2)

V–W
L–Y
GR

LG(* 2)

P
N 2(A), N 3(B)
Navigation ECU 18 B 9 B 10 B 1 B 5 B 14 B 5 A 10 A

cardiagn.com
ACC +B AUI– AUI+ SPD REV TX+ TX–

GND AUO+ AUO– VR R B G SYNC VG


17 B 2 B 11 B 1 A 2 A 3 A 7 A 8 A 6 A

V(* 2)
P

(* 3)
BR
L(* 2)

2 IA1 5 IA1 BR(* 2)

W(*2)
P

R(* 2)

11 IB1 1 IB1 Y(* 2)


P

B16
(* 1)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

(* 3)

1 3
W
G

R
B

+ –
Tweeter LH

(*1)

+ – B(* 2)
T18

2 4
G(*2)
W–B

W(*2)

2 1 R(* 2)

Y(* 2)
F11
Front Door
(* 1)
(* 3)

(* 1)
Speaker LH
(* 2)

6 BC1 4 BC1 5 BC1 2 BC1 1 BC1 7 BC1

(* 1)
W
G

R
B

A W
J12
Junction G
Connector

BC B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


260
(Except MARK LEVINSON w/ Navigation System)

L–Y L–Y

GR GR

L–Y L–Y

V V

P P

V–W V–W

W W

R R

B
* 1 : Shielded
* 2 : w/ Cellular Mobile Telephone R17
* 3 : w/o Cellular Mobile Telephone Y
Rear Door Speaker LH

B(* 3)

Short Connector
S14(A), S15(B)

Y
1 2 Y–B
R(* 2) 4 B 1 B

B(* 3)

Y(* 3)
B

Y
2 IA2 7 IA2 3 IA2
W(* 2)
1 BA1 5 BA1 4 A 1 A

LG–R(* 2) B
(* 3)

Y–B
(* 2)

(* 2)
W(*2)

LG(*2)
R(* 2)

Y
(* 2)

(* 2)
Y
B

Y
(* 3)

cardiagn.com
9 F 1 F 5 E 10 E 1 D 4 D 1 C 4 C 11 B
TX1– TX1+ TX+ TX– SPOUT+ SPOUT– SPIN+ SPIN– MUTE
B16 T11(B), T12(C), T13(D), T14(E), T15(F)
Telephone Computer
VG1 SYNC1 G1 B1 R1 VR1 VR R B G SYNC VG
16 F 15 F 6 F 7 F 5 F 8 F 1 E 2 E 3 E 7 E 8 E 6 E
V(*2) V(* 2)

BR(*2)
L(* 2) L(*2)

BR(* 2) BR(*2)

W(* 2) W(* 2)

R(* 2) R(*2)

Y(*2) Y(* 2)
B16
W(*2)
G(*2)

R(* 2)
B(* 2)

Y(* 2)
(* 1)

(* 1)

B(*2)
(* 1)
(* 2)

G(* 2)

W(* 2)

R(* 2)

Y(*2)

(*1)
(*2)

(*1) (*1)

Y Y

R R

W W

G G

B B

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


261
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player

L–Y L–Y

GR GR
I4
L–Y V–W

V V

P P

V–W V–W

W B

R Y

B G

Y W

Y–B B

R
Y–B

L–Y
W
R

* 1 : Shielded

5 II1 10 IO3 3 IO3 2 II1

cardiagn.com
(*1)

W
G

R
B
V–W
Y–B

L–Y

GR
W
R

6 D 10 A 5 A 1 D 3 C 11 D 10 D 9 D 18 D 8 D 19 D
TLMT TX– TX+ +B SPD ACC SLD2 L+ R– R+ L–

R 3(A), R 4(B), R 5(C), R 6(D)


Radio and Player with Display

VG SYNC G B R VR L+ L– R+ R– SLD BU+B ACC+B MUTE TX+ TX– GND


6 A 8 A 7 A 3 A 2 A 1 A 2 B 7 B 1 B 6 B 3 B 5 B 12 B 4 B 10 B 9 B 8 B
BR

I3
G–W
L–Y
(* 1)

GR

BR
W

W
G

G
R

R
Y

B
(* 1)

8 IO3 1 IO3 2 IO3 6 IO3 5 IO3 7 IO3


(* 1)

(* 1)
W

G
R
Y

2 7 1 6 5 12 4 10 9 8
L+ L– R+ R– +B ACC MUTE TX+ TX– GND

(*1)

Y C3
CD Automatic Changer
R

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


262
(Except MARK LEVINSON w/ Navigation System)

L–Y L–Y

GR GR

V–W V–W

V V

V–W V–W

cardiagn.com
W

G
R

P
L

5 D 15 D 7 D 7 B 1 B 2 B 10 B 4 B 9 B 5 B 11 A 4 A 2 A
TX+ TX– MUTE MUTE TX– TX+ L– R+ R– L+ RL– RL+ FL+

R 3(A), R 4(B), R 5(C), R 6(D) S10(A), S11(B)


Radio and Player with Display Stereo Component Amplifier

GND E FR+ FR– RR+ RR–


20 D 12 A 1 A 8 A 3 A 10 A
LG

W
P
L

20 IP1 10 IP1 1 IO2 6 IO2


BR

BR

LG

W
R

1 3
+ –
Tweeter RH

1 IB1 5 IB1
+ –
T19

8 II1 2 4
W
R
LG

1 2 1 2

F12 R18
BR

Front Door Rear Door


Speaker RH Speaker RH

BR

IC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


263
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player

L–Y From Power Source System (See Page 56)

GR

V–W
10A 10A
GAUGE1 ECU–B
V

V–W 1 2M 6 2M

W
V–W

V–W
42 3A 41 3A 57 3A 56 3A

82 3A 87 3A 86 3A

cardiagn.com
L–Y
GR
V

33 40 20
Speedometer

9 A 6 B 7 A
FL– ACC +B
Power
S10(A), S11(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier

WF+ WF– Micro Computer

5 A 14 A
L–R
L–B

21 C7
Combination Meter

7 IO2 2 IO2
W

* 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC
L–R
L–B

84 3B (* 1)
64 3B (* 2)

1 2

W6 74 3B (* 1)
Woofer Speaker
54 3B (* 2)
BR

ID

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


264
(Except MARK LEVINSON w/ Navigation System)
Service Hints
R6 (D) Radio and Player with Display
(D) 1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(D)11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(D)20–Ground : Always continuity
N2 (A) Navigation ECU
(A)18–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(A) 9–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)17–Ground : Always continuity
S10 (A), S11 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(A) 7–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ACC position
(A)12–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
C3 38 R3 A 39 S15 B 41
C7 38 R4 B 39 T11 B 41
F11 40 R5 C 39 T12 C 41
F12 40 R6 D 39 T13 D 41

cardiagn.com
J6 A 39 R17 41 T14 E 41
J7 B 39 R18 41 T15 F 41
J12 40 S10 A 39 T18 41
N2 A 41 S11 B 39 T19 41
N3 B 41 S14 A 41 W6 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A 28
Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2M 29
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA1
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left
( Kick Panel))
IA4
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
IO2
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO3
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BC1 50 Floor No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Behind the Rear Passenger’s Seat RH)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IC
46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
ID
BC 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House LH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


265
LEXUS Navigation System, Radio and Player
(Except MARK LEVINSON w/ LEXUS Navigation System)
: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I3 48 Instrument Panel Wire B16 50 Floor No.1 Wire
I4 48 Instrument Panel No.3 Wire

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


266
Radio and Player (MARK LEVINSON w/o Navigation System)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

25A 10A 20A


AMP RAD RAD
NO. 2 NO. 1

4 2B 5 2A 1 2A

L–Y
GR
E D
L–Y

J6

Combination
Junction
Connector
W6 E D 2

Meter
4 IO2 L–Y L–Y
Woofer II1
1 2
6
GR GR
II1
L–Y

B21

V–W
L–R
L–B
L–Y

L–Y

cardiagn.com
S18(A), S19(B)
7 B 16 B 5 B 6 B 13 A Stereo Component Amplifier
B+ B+ WF+ WF– SPD

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– TFL+ TFL– GND


2 B 9 B 1 B 8 B 2 A 15 A 13 B
W–L

L–W
R–L

L–Y

2 IO1 4 IO1 1 IO1 3 IO1 7 IO2 2 IO2 W–B


L–W
W–L
R–L

L–Y

20 IB1 10 IB1 11 IP1 1 IP1 11 IB1 1 IB1


L–W
W–L
R–L

L–Y

1 2 1 2 1 3

F11 F12 T18


Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Tweeter LH

A
W–B A J13
Junction
Connector

BB BD

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


268
* 1 : w/ Cellular Mobile Telephone
* 2 : w/o Cellular Mobile Telephone

R2
Radio and Player

+B ACC MUTE TX+ TX– R– L+ L– R+ SGND MUTE GND


1 11 7 5 15 18 9 19 8 10 6 20

(Shielded)
GR

G
R

B
L

L–Y

Y–B

BR
GR
I4
2 IN1 4 IN1 1 IN1 9 IN1 6 IN1 7 IN1 8 IN1 5 IN1
GR

5 II1 8 II1
(Shielded)

3 IN1
W

B
L

W
R
GR

cardiagn.com
20 A 21 A 6 A 19 A 23 A 12 A 24 A 11 A
ACC MUTE TX+ TX– R– L+ L– R+

S18(A), S19(B)
Stereo Component Amplifier

Y–B

BR
TFR+ TFR– RR+ RR– E RL+ RL–
1 A 14 A 3 B 10 B 12 B 4 B 11 B
B

Y
W–B

8 IO2 3 IO2
LG

W
R
L

2 IA2 7 IA2

3 IA2
1 IO2 6 IO2 1 BB1 5 BB1 5 IO2
LG

Y–B
(*1)

(*1)
B

Y
(*2)

(*2)
B

1 C 4 C 11 B
Short Connector

20 IP1 10 IP1 1 A 4 A SPIN+ SPIN– MUTE


S14(A), S15(B)

1 B 4 B SPOUT+ SPOUT–
1 D 4 D T11(B), T12(C), T13(D)
BR
LG

W
R
L

(*2)

(*2)
B

Telephone Computer
(* 1)

(* 1)
B

1 3 1 2

T19 R18 1 BA1 5 BA1


Tweeter RH Rear Door
Speaker RH
B

1 2
BR

R17
Rear Door Speaker LH
BR

IC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


269
Radio and Player (MARK LEVINSON w/o LEXUS Navigation System)
Service Hints
R2 Radio and Player
11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
20–Ground : Always continuity
S18 (A), S19 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(A) 20–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(B) 7, (B) 16–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(B) 12, (B) 13–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
F11 40 R18 41 T12 C 41
F12 40 S14 A 41 T13 D 41
J6 39 S15 B 41 T18 41
J13 40 S18 A 41 T19 41
R2 39 S19 B 41 W6 41
R17 41 T11 B 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A
28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2B

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
IN1 48 Instrument Panel No.2 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO1
48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2
No 2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IO2
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IC 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
BB 50 Under the Front Passenger’s Seat
BD 50 Front Side of Rear Quarter Wheel House RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I4 48 Instrument Panel No.3 Wire B21 50 Floor No.2 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


270
Radio and Player

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 20A
RAD NO. 2 RAD NO. 1

5 2A 1 2A

2
GR L–Y L–Y

L–Y
GR

II1

E A E A D A D A

6 II1

J 6(A), J 7(B) E B
Junction
GR

Connector

GR GR
I4

cardiagn.com
L–Y
GR

S10(A), S11(B)
6 B 7 A Stereo Component Amplifier
ACC +B

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– WF+ WF–


2 A 9 A 1 A 8 A 5 A 14 A

L–R
L–B
LG
P

11 IB1 1 IB1 20 IP1 10 IP1 7 IO2 2 IO2


LG
P

T18 T19
1 Tweeter LH 3 1 Tweeter RH 3
+ – + –
L–R
L–B

+ – + –
2 4 2 4
LG
P

1 2 1 2 1 2

F11 F12 W6
Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Woofer

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


272
(6CD Type Except MARK LEVINSON w/o LEXUS Navigation System)

* 1 : w/ Cellular Mobile Telephone


* 2 : w/o Cellular Mobile Telephone

R2
Radio and Player

+B ACC MUTE TX+ TX– R+ L+ R– L– SGND MUTE GND


1 11 7 5 15 8 9 18 19 10 6 20

L–Y

Y–B

BR
(Shielded)
W

W
G
R

R
B
L

5 II1 8 II1

GR

cardiagn.com
7 B 2 B 1 B 4 B 5 B 9 B 10 B
MUTE TX+ TX– R+ L+ R– L–

S10(A), S11(B)

Y–B

BR
Stereo Component Amplifier

RR+ RR– E RL+ RL–


3 A 10 A 12 A 4 A 11 A
B

2 IA2 7 IA2
BR
W
R

3 IA2

1 IO2 6 IO2
Y–B
(* 1)

(* 1)
B

Y
(* 2)

(* 2)
B

1 C 4 C 11 B
Short Connector

1 A 4 A SPIN+ SPIN– MUTE


S14(A), S15(B)
W
R

1 B 4 B SPOUT+ SPOUT–
1 D 4 D T11(B), T12(C), T13(D)
Telephone Computer
(*2)

(*2)

(*1)

(*1)
B

1 BB1 5 BB1
W
R

1 BA1 5 BA1

1 2
B

1 2

R18
BR

Rear Door Speaker RH R17


Rear Door Speaker RH
BR

IC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


273
Radio and Player
(6CD Type Except MARK LEVINSON w/o LEXUS Navigation System)
Service Hints
R2 Radio and Player
11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
20–Ground : Always continuity
S10 (A), S11 (B) Stereo Component Amplifier
(B) 6–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(A) 7–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A)12–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
F11 40 R18 41 T12 C 41
F12 40 S10 A 39 T13 D 41
J6 A 39 S11 B 39 T18 41
J7 B 39 S14 A 41 T19 41
R2 39 S15 B 41 W6 41
R17 41 T11 B 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
IO2 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IC 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I4 48 Instrument Panel No.3 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


274
Radio and Player (1CD Type Except MARK LEVINSON w/o LEXUS Navigation System)

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

10A 20A
RAD RAD
NO. 2 NO. 1

5 2A 1 2A
GR

L–Y
GR
2
GR L–Y L–Y
II1

E A E A E A D A D A

6 II1 J 6(A), J 7(B) E B


Junction
Connector
GR

GR

cardiagn.com
L–Y
GR

S10(A), S11(B), S12(C)


3 C 4 C Stereo Component Amplifier
ACC +B

FL+ FL– FR+ FR– WF+ WF–


2 C 6 C 1 C 5 C 4 B 5 B
LG
P

L–R
L–B

11 IB1 1 IB1 20 IP1 10 IP1


LG
P

7 IO2 2 IO2
T18 T19
1 Tweeter LH 3 1 Tweeter RH 3
+ – + –

+ – + –
L–R
L–B

2 4 2 4
LG
P

1 2 1 2 1 2

F11 F12 W6
Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Woofer

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


276
(1CD Type Except MARK LEVINSON w/o LEXUS Navigation System)

* 1 : w/ Cellular Mobile Telephone


* 2 : w/o Cellular Mobile Telephone

R2
Radio and Player

+B ACC AMP MUTE SGND BEEP FR FL RR RL SGD3 MUTE GND


1 11 3 7 16 17 8 9 18 19 10 6 20

L–Y

Y–B

BR
(Shielded)
P–L

BR

G
R

Y
L
5 II1 8 II1

GR

cardiagn.com
1 A 5 A 12 A 13 A 7 A 6 A 15 A 14 A
AMP+ MUTE SGND BEEP FR FL RR RL

S10(A), S11(B), S12(C)

Y–B

BR
Stereo Component Amplifier

RR+ RR– GND RL+ RL–


1 B 3 B 7 C 2 B 6 B
B

Y
W
R

2 IA2 7 IA2
3 IA2
BR

1 IO2 6 IO2
Y–B
(* 1)

(* 1)
B

Y
(* 2)

(* 2)
B

Y
W
R

1 C 4 C 11 B
Short Connector

1 A 4 A SPIN+ SPIN– MUTE


S14(A), S15(B)

1 BB1 5 BB1 1 B 4 B SPOUT+ SPOUT–


1 D 4 D T11(B), T12(C), T13(D)
Telephone Computer
(*2)

(*2)
B

(*1)

(*1)
B

Y
W
R

1 BA1 5 BA1
1 2
B

1 2
R18
Rear Door Speaker RH
BR

R17
Rear Door Speaker RH
BR

IC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


277
Radio and Player
(1CD Type Except MARK LEVINSON w/o LEXUS Navigation System)
Service Hints
R2 Radio and Player
11–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
1–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
20–Ground : Always continuity
S12 (C) Stereo Component Amplifier
(C) 3–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ACC or ON position
(C) 4–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(C) 7–Ground : Always continuity

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
F11 40 R18 41 T11 B 41
F12 40 S10 A 39 T12 C 41
J6 A 39 S11 B 39 T13 D 41
J7 B 39 S12 C 39 T18 41
R2 39 S14 A 41 T19 41
R17 41 S15 B 41 W6 41

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

cardiagn.com
Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
2A 28 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IB1 46 Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)
II1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Behind the A/C Control Assembly)
IO2 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)
IP1 48 Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)
BA1 50 Rear Door No.2 Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Center Pillar)
BB1 50 Rear Door No.1 Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Center Pillar)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


IC 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


278
Combination Meter

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

Radio and Player

Navigation ECU
with Display
Body ECU
10A 10A 10A 5A
IG2 GAUGE1 ECU–B ST
SPD SPD SPD

R5

N3
B4
4 3 5

V–W
(* 3)
7 1C 1 2M 6 2M 2 1H

B–W

V–W

V–W
(* 3)
14 IA4
B–O

13 IF4
W

V–W
(*3)
B–W
72 3A 41 3A 42 3A
8 2G 57 3A 56 3A 93 3A

5 2O 87 3A 86 3A 83 3A 82 3A
W

W
C 7(A), C 8(B)
39 A 40 A 20 A 38 A 33 A Combination Meter

cardiagn.com
Power
EEPROM

Speedometer
Tachometer
Charge

Door

Temp.
Fuel
Multi
Information
Display

ODO, TRIP Buzzer

23 A 4 B 28 A 8 A 22 A 21 A 1 B 3 B 19 B 3 A 32 A 6 A 17 B
GR–B
W–G

R–W(* 1)

R–Y(* 2)
G
R–B

W
W

3 1 4
T TC RV
2 2O 4 2O 6 2O 84 3B (* 1) 8 IL1
64 3B (* 2)
B–Y
Body ECU
Generator

9 2K 5 2K 2 2K R9
Skid Control ECU (* 1)

74 3B (* 1) Rheostat
54 3B (* 2) 1
Skid Control ECU
with Actuator (* 2)
BR–W
G–W
Y–R

Level Sensor
Engine Oil

2 3 1
E5

FV FR FE
BR

2
W–B

F15
Fuel Sender
ID EF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


280
13
V–W V–W
Seat Belt

32 3A
10 IO2
SPD
(*4) (* 4)

2
1
W–B R–L R–L S18

24 A

3 2N

6 2G

ED
(* 2) (* 2) (*2) Stereo
Component

6
B1 Amplifier
Brake Fluid V–W

92 3A
IK1
Level Warning SW
Fuel

V–W
17
V–W

22 3A
SPD

B–R

12 B
IGN Fuse
14

W Y–G

11 A
106 3B
126 3B
LG
THWO

15 B
Body ECU

86 3B (* 2)
106 3B (* 1)
ABS E7
W Engine Control

12 A
Airbag Sensor Assembly Module

L V–W

21 B
1 B

Engine Control Module


SPD

Rear
W Lights Y–G Y–G

31 A
4 A

Engine Control Module


9 IK1
TW

A14(A), A15(B)
105 3B (* 2)
125 3B (* 1)

GR C 7(A), C 8(B) A/C Control

16 B
Light Failure Sensor Combination Meter Assembly
*
*
*
*

Oil Level
1 : w/ VSC

W
2 : w/o VSC

5 A
Airbag Sensor Assembly

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


W SRS
4 : MARK LEVINSON

18 A
Body ECU

W–G

24 B
Illuminations
3 : w/ LEXUS Navigation System

BRAKE

RESET
W W
19 A
88 3A
58 3A
2 2M

MODE

5
6
R R

18 B

5 IK1
10A

–DP
+DP
PAENL

C10
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

Combination SW

W–B

281
cardiagn.com
W–B

282
Illumination

W–B

20 3B
40 3B
Illumination
W–B SB

IA
8 2L

8 2R
50 3B (* 2)
70 3B (* 1)
Combination Meter

Illumination

8 2M
7
Oil Pressure

1
Y–B W

26 A

SB
IL1
O1
Oil Pressure SW

11
Washer Level

2
1
W–B P–L P–L

5 B

EB
IF7
C 7(A), C 8(B)

W1
Combination Meter

Washer Level Slip


Sensor LG

20 B
(* 1)

VSC
R–L

13 B
Skid Control ECU

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


(* 1)

TRAC OFF
L

14 B
(* 1)

Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
G–R

2 B
Engine Control Module

CRUISE
W

25 A
Engine Control Module

Headlight
Beam Level
Headlight Beam Level LG
8 B

Control ECU

SB
cardiagn.com
SB
10
High Beam
Daytime Running W R–L R–L

2 A
11 B
DRL NO. 3 Relay

IF7
Light Resistor (*5) (*5)

R–L
HEAD RH UPR Fuse

W
(*6)

(* 6)
Body ECU Front Fog
SB

10 A
FOG Relay

6
Head (USA) 3
1

(USA) R R R
1

9 B
D B
F A
IF5
(USA) (USA) (USA)
J 8(A), J 9(B)
Junction

(USA)
Tail (* 7)
15A

LWR

P (Canada) Connector

7 B
Body ECU
(*5)
HEAD LH
From Power Source System (See Page 56)

L
W

16 A
Transmission
2 Control SW
SB SB B–R

1 A
23 B

55 3A
85 3A
3
35 A W A/T Indicator
Light SW

4
W
15 A
*
*
*
*
*

Transmission

C 7(A), C 8(B)
Control SW

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


D

Combination Meter
1 : w/ VSC

LG–B
2 : w/o VSC

22 B
7 : Except USA

N
W
36 A
5 : w/ Daytime Running Light
6 : w/o Daytime Running Light

Turn LH R A/T Indicator


SB W Light SW

30 A
34 A

Turn Signal Flasher Relay


Turn RH P
SB W

13 A
37 A

L–W Skid Control ECU


10 B

with Actuator

283
cardiagn.com
Combination Meter
Service Hints
B1 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW
1–2 : Closed with the float down
C7 (A) Combination Meter
(A)40–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
(A)20–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
(A) 1, (A) 2, (A) 21–Ground : Always continuity
(A)39–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
O1 Oil Pressure SW
1–Ground : Continuity with the oil pressure above approx. 20 kpa (2.8 psi, 0.2 kgf/cm2)

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A14 A 38 C10 38 N3 41
A15 B 38 E5 36 O1 37
B1 36 E7 38 R5 39
B4 38 F15 40 R9 39
C7 A 38 J8 A 39 S18 41
C8 B 38 J9 B 39 W1 37

cardiagn.com
: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1C
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1H
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2K 28 Floor No.1 Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2L
2M
2N 29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower
( Finish Panel))
2O
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA4 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF4
IF5 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF7
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IO2 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.2 Wire (Right Kick Panel)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


284
: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
ED 44 Left Fender
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH

cardiagn.com

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


285
Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

1 1

30A 10A 30A


RDI FAN RLY CDS

2 2

9 2F 2 1G

B–R

B–R
B–R B–R R
B–R

3 1H 1 1 1 1

5 1 1 5 1 3

FAN FAN FAN 4


NO. 1 NO. 3 NO. 2
Relay Relay Relay

3 2 2 3 2 5

cardiagn.com
6 1F 8 1E 6 1H 7 1H 5 1H 5 1K 1 1 1 1 1
G–W

W–B
W–L

W–L

W–L
B–R
R–L
L

L
Y–G
L

9 1H
2 EA1 4 EA2 1 3 4 EA1
Diode (A/C)

MG CLT Relay

2 1K
B–R
D1
R–L
L

2
Water Temp. SW No. 1

2 3
Radiator Fan Motor

Water Temp. SW

L–W

2 1 2
A/C Condenser
Single
Pressure SW

M M
Fan Motor

4 IF5
No. 2

1 1
W3

W4
R1

P4

A2

1 2
W–B

W–B

R
L–W

1 EA1 3 EA2 3 EA1


3 B
Engine Control Module

ACMG
W–B

W–B

W–B

E 7(B), E 8(C)

CF
8 C
G–W

E4
W–B

W–B

W–B

ED EB EC

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


286
System Outline
Fan Motor Operation
With the ignition SW turned on, the current through the FAN RLY fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side), FAN NO.2
relay (Coil side) and FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side).
1. Low Speed Operation
Only when the A/C system is activated or the water temp. SW No.2 is turned on, the A/C condenser fan motor and the
radiator fan motor rotates at low speed.
When the A/C system is activated, the current from FAN RLY fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 1 of
the diode to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the engine control module causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a
result, the current through the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 5 of the FAN NO.3 relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the
A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 2 of the
radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. As this flowing in series for the motors, the motors rotate at low speed.
When the water temp. SW No.2 is turned on, the current from FAN RLY fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to
TERMINAL 1 of the water temp. SW No.2 to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current
through the CDS fuse flows the same route as above, rotating the motors at low speed.
2. High Speed Operation
With the pressure SW is turned on and/or the water temp. SW No.1 is turned on, the A/C condenser fan motor and the
radiator fan motor rotate at high speed.
When the pressure SW is turned on, the current through the FAN RLY fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 and NO.2 relay (Coil side)
to TERMINAL 3 of the pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, and the current through the FAN RLY fuse flows to the
FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 1 of the water temp. SW No.2 to GROUND. As a result, FAN NO.1, NO.2. and
NO.3 relay is turned on. At the same time, the current from the RDI fuse flows to FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2
of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, and the current from the CDS fuse flows to FAN NO.3 relay (Point

cardiagn.com
side) to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL
5 to GROUND.
As the current flowing in parallel for motors as above, the motors rotate at high speed.
When the water temp. SW No.1 is turned on, the current through the FAN RLY fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 and NO.2 relay
(Coil side) to TERMINAL 2 of the water temp. SW No.1 to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, and the current through the FAN RLY
fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 1 of the diode (A/C) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the
engine control module. As a result, FAN NO.1, NO.2 and NO.3 relay is turned on. At the same time, the current from the RDI
fuse flows to FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, and the
current from the CDS fuse flows to FAN NO.3 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to
TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 5 to GROUND.
As the current flowing in parallel for motors as above, the motors rotate at high speed.

Service Hints
P4 Pressure SW
3–2 : Closed above approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2 (224 psi, 1520 kpa)
Open below approx. 12.5 kgf/cm2 (181 psi, 1225 kpa)
W3 Water Temp. SW NO.1
2–1 : Continuity above approx. 95°C (203° F)
W4 Water Temp. SW NO.2
1–Ground : Continuity above approx. 90°C (194°F)

: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A2 36 E8 C 38 W3 37
D1 36 P4 37 W4 37
E7 B 38 R1 37

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


287
Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan
: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1E
1F
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1G
1H
1K 25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2F 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
EA1
44 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room No.2
No 2 Wire (Behind the Headlight LH)
EA2
IF5 46 Engine Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Side of Steering Column Tube)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC
44 Left Fender
ED

cardiagn.com
: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
E4 44 Engine Room Main Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


288
Air Conditioning

From Power Source System (See Page 56)

50A 10A 10A


HTR HTR ECU–B

1 1F 24 2G 7 2M 6 2M

W
L–B

L–B
T11
Telephone
Computer
L–B L–B

W
1 1 1 1 TELI

W
4

5 1 5 1
59 3A 56 3A

L–R
4 HTR MG CLT
Relay Relay

3 2 3 2 29 3A 26 3A
8 IA2

cardiagn.com
1 1 1 1 1

W–R

L–R
L–B
W–B

B–W
L–W

Y–G
L–R

9 1J 12 B 11 B 5 A
2 IF3 IG +B TELI

A14(A), A15(B)
3 1L A/C Control Assembly
L–R

B–W

HR BLW GND
3 B 2 B 21 B
1 IJ1 3
A/C Magnetic

W–B
L–W

L–O
Clutch
L–R

A3

3 IF7 24 3A

I5
L–W 55 3A
L–R

L–R

B3
Blower Motor
3 Controller
+B
SB

2
B2
M Blower
Motor
1 VM GND SI
4 1 2 8 2M
W–B

L–O

L
8 2R

3 IJ1 2 IJ1
W–B

L–O

Y–G
W–B

W–B

EC IE IA

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


290
A29
Air Vent Mode
Control Servo Motor

A18
A/C Solar Sensor
M

2 1 TSR TSL
A/C Thermistor

Temp. Sensor

GND VZ PT DEF FACE


2 1
A/C Room

1 2 3 4 5
A19

A17

LG–B

B–Y
1 2

O
V

P
6 IG1 7 IG1 8 IG1 9 IG1 10 IG1
LG–B

LG–B
L–W

cardiagn.com
O
B

LG–B

B–Y

O
V

P
40 B 23 B 38 B 24 B 26 B 25 B 34 B 10 B 28 B 18 B 17 B
SG TE SG–5 TR TSP TSD SG–1 S5–1 TPO AOD AOF

A14(A), A15(B)
A/C Control Assembly

TAM SG–6 PSW SG–2 S5–2 TPI AIR AIF


8 B 39 B 4 B 35 B 30 B 9 B 20 B 19 B
B–W
G–R

L–B

LG–B

L–R

R–L
V

4 IF7 5 IF7 2 IF5 7 IM1 6 IM1 8 IM1 9 IM1 L


10 IM1
B–W
G–R

L–B

LG–B

L–R

R–L
V

2 1
Temp. Sensor

2 1 3 4 5
A/C Ambient

SG S5 TPI MREC MFRS


A1

Dual
Pressure SW

1
P4

A26
Air Inlet Control Servo Motor

Y–G Y–G
W–B

EB

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


291
Air Conditioning

A27 A28
Air Mix Control Servo Motor Air Mix Control Servo Motor
(Driver Side) (Front Passenger Side)

M M

2 1 3 4 5 2 1 3 4 5
LG–R
LG–B

B–W

L–W
G–B

B–R
L–R

L–B

LG
V

cardiagn.com
36 B 31 B 27 B 14 B 13 B 37 B 32 B 29 B 16 B 15 B
SG–3 S5–3 TPD AMDC AMDH SG–4 S5–4 TPP AMPC AMPH

A/CS A/CI AC1 TW SPD


A14(A), A15(B) 2 A 7 A 6 A 4 A 1 B
A/C Control Assembly
V–W
Y–G
Y–B
P–L

9 IK1

V–W

Y–G

Y–B

P–L

Y–G Y–G

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


292
From Power Source System (See Page 56) * 1 : w/ VSC
* 2 : w/o VSC

10A
GAUGE1

1 2M

57 3A

87 3A
W

40
Speedometer
Water Temp.

cardiagn.com
Power

Micro Computer
E 7(B), E 8(C)
Combination Meter

Engine Control Module


C7

THWO THR A/CI A/CS ACMG LCKI HP


21 33 11 14 B 32 B 33 B 31 B 3 B 23 C 1 B
L–W

W–L
Y–G

Y–B

P–L

BR
W

129 3B (*1)
84 3B (* 1) 82 3A 106 3B 126 3B (* 1) 1 109 3B (*2)
A/C Lock Sensor

64 3B (* 2) 86 3B 106 3B (* 2) 1 IK1 8 IK1 3 IK1 4 IF5

118 3B (*1)
A13

2 98 3B (*2)
74 3B (* 1) 125 3B (* 1)
54 3B (* 2) 105 3B (* 2)
L–W

22 3A
Y–B

P–L

BR

W
B
BR

V–W
Y–G

Y–G 16 IL1
2
Diode (A/C)

Y–B
BR

B
D1

3
P–L A
A J11
Junction
Y–G

Connector
A

Y–G
BR
BR

ID EF

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


293
Air Conditioning
System Outline
1. Heater Blower Operation
Manual operation
When the blower speed is set to a certain level using the blower control SW, the A/C control assembly sends the signals to
the blower control to control the blower motor speed.
Auto operation
When the auto SW is turned on, the A/C control assembly sends the signals from various sensors and temperature SW to
the blower control to automatically control the blower motor speed.
2. Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Control
When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW is set to RECIRC, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move
the damper toward the RECIRC side. Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control
assembly, the motor is continuously rotated until the damper reaches its stop position.When the FRESH/RECIRC select SW
is set to FRESH, the motor in the air inlet control servo motor starts rotating to move the damper toward the FRESH side.
Since the damper position is detected by the TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control assembly, the motor is continuously rotated
until the damper reaches its stop position.
3. Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Control
When the mode select SW is pushed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly activates the air vent mode control servo motor.
This causes the servo motor to rotate to the position (FACE, BI–LEVEL, FOOT, FOOT/DEF, DEF) selected using the mode
select SW, and moves the damper.
4. Air Mix Control Servo Motor Control
When the temperature control SW on the driver’s side is pressed, the ECU in the A/C control assembly sends a signal to the
air mix control servo motor on the driver’s side. This signal drives the motor to reach the temperature set by the temperature

cardiagn.com
control SW on the driver’s side, and moves the damper. Passenger’s side is operated as same as the driver’s side.
5. Air Conditioning Operation
The A/C control assembly receives various signals, I.E., the engine RPM from the engine control module, out side air
temperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor, coolant temperature from the engine control module and the lock
signal from the A/C compressor, etc.
When the engine is started and the A/C SW (A/C control assembly) is on, a signal is input to the A/C control assembly.
As a result, the ground circuit in A/C control assembly is closed and current flows from HTR (10A) fuse to TERMINAL 1 of
the MG CLT relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 3 of the diode (A/C) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL ACMG of the engine
control module to TERMINAL HP to GROUND, turning the MG CLT relay on, so that the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C
compressor operates.
At the same time, the engine control module. Detects the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates.
If the A/C control assembly detects the following conditions, it stops the air conditioning:
∗ Evaporator outlet air is too low.
∗ There is a marked difference between the compressor speed and the engine speed.
∗ The refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or abnormally low.
∗ The engine speed is too low.
∗ Rapid acceleration occurs.

Service Hints
P4 Pressure SW
1–4 : Open with the refrigerant pressure at less than approx. 216 kpa (2.2 kgf/cm2, 31 psi) or more than
approx. 3138 kpa (32 kgf/cm2, 455 psi)
A15 (B) A/C Control Assembly
+B–Ground : Always approx. 12 volts
IG–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON or ST position
AIF–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with FRESH SW on
AIR–Ground : Approx. 12 volts with RECIRC SW on
GND–Ground : Always continuity

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


294
: Parts Location
Code See Page Code See Page Code See Page
A1 36 A19 38 C7 38
A3 36 A26 38 D1 36
A13 36 A27 38 E7 B 38
A14 A 38 A28 38 E8 C 38
A15 B 38 A29 38 J11 39
A17 38 B2 38 P4 37
A18 38 B3 38 T11 41

: Relay Blocks

Code See Page Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)


1 22 Engine Room R/B (Engine Compartment Left)

: Junction Block and Wire Harness Connector

Code See Page Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
1F
25 Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
1J
1L 25 Engine Wire and Engine Room J/B (Engine Compartment Left)
2G 28 Engine Room Main Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

cardiagn.com
2M
29 Instrument Panel Wire and Driver Side J/B (Lower Finish Panel)
2R
34 (w/ VSC)
3A
35 (w/o VSC)
Instrument Panel Wire and Passenger Side J/B (Instrument Panel Brace RH)
34 (w/ VSC)
3B
35 (w/o VSC)

: Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness


Code See Page Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)
IA2 46 Instrument Panel Wire and Floor No.1 Wire (Left Kick Panel)
IF3
IF5 46 Engine
g Room Main Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right
( g Side of Steering
g Column Tube))
IF7
IG1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Instrument Panel Brace LH)
IJ1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.3 Wire (Left Side of A/C Unit)
IK1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH)
IL1 48 Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Behind the Glove Box)
IM1 48 Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl No.2 Wire (Behind the Glove Box)

: Ground Points

Code See Page Ground Points Location


EB 44 Right Fender
EC 44 Left Fender
EF 44 Intake Side of Cylinder Block
IA 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement LH
ID 46 Instrument Panel Brace RH
IE 46 Instrument Panel Reinforcement RH

: Splice Points

Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points Code See Page Wire Harness with Splice Points
I5 48 Instrument Panel No.2 Wire

2002 LEXUS ES 300 (EWD458U)


295

You might also like